Geo 1994 Tracker Owner's Manual
Advertisement
Advertisement
1994
TRACKER
Geo Tracker
Introduction
Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6
Part 7
Part 8
Part 9
Maintenance Schedule
1994 Owner’s Manual
Table of Contents
How to Use This Manual
Seats & Restraint Systems
Features & Controls
=.=
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Your Driving and the Road
=
Problems on the Road
Service & Appearance Care
4
. i
:: .:
;..:::;
99
131
155
1
I
I
203
Customer Assistance information 233
Including “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 236.
Index
.................... .
.
.
.
.
.
243
Service Station Information Last Page
I
I
Printed in U.S.A. Part No. 10260663 A Second Edition
1
...
How to Use This Manual
Manual
For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a
French Language Manual
Please keep this manual in your Geo, so it will be there if you ever need it when you’re on the road. If you sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new owner can use it.
This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without further notice. For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name “General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual.
Aux propriktaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en fransais chez votre concessionaire ou au
DGN Marketing Services Ltd., 1500
Bonhill Rd., Mississauga, Ontario L5T
1 C7.
Published by:
Chevrolet Motor Division
General Motors Corporation
General Motors, GM
and the GM emblem,
Chevrolet
and the Chevrolet emblem, and
Geo
and the Geo emblem are registered trademarks of General Motors
Corporation.
@Copyright 1993 General Motors
Corporation, Chevrolet/Geo Division. All
Rights Reserved.
. . .
2
CONVERTIBLE
UTILITY
HARDTOP
UTILITY
About Driving Your Tracker
As with other vehicles of this type. f d u r e to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident. Be sure to read the “on-pavement” and “off-road” driving guidelines in this manual. (See “Driving
Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with Your Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in the Index.)
3 . . .
How to Use This Manual
Part 1
-
Seats
&
Restraint Systems:
This part tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly.
Part
2
-
Features
&
Controls:
This part explains how to start and operate your
Geo.
Part 3
-
Comfort Controls
&
Audio
Systems:
This part tells you how to adjust the comfort controls and how to operate your sound system.
Part
4
-
Your Driving and the Road:
Here you’ll find helpful information and
H o w
to Use This
Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle. This will help that’s in the manual, and the page number where you’ll find it.
Parts 1-8:
Each part of this manual begins with a brief list of its contents, so you can often find at a glance if a part contains the information you want. for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find that pictures and words work together to explain things quickly.
Index:
A good place to look for what you need is the Index in back of the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of all
How to Use This Manual:
This part tells you how to use your manual and includes safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols. different conditions.
Part
5
-
Problems on the Road:
This part tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating, etc.
Part 6
-
Service
&
Appearance Care:
your Geo running properly and looking good.
Part 7
-
Maintenance Schedule:
This part tells when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
...
4
Part 8
-
Customer Assistance
Information:
This part includes important information about reporting safety defects and gives you details about the “Roadside
Assistance” program. You will also find customer satisfaction phone numbers
(including customer satisfaction numbers for the hearing and speech impaired), as well as the mediation/arbitration procedure. We’ve also included ordering information for service publications in this part.
Service Station Information:
This is a quick reference of service information.
You can find it on the last page of this
These mean
there is
something
that could hurt you or other people.
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book. We use a box with a gray background and the word CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning.
In the gray caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t. you or others could be hurt.
L
You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book. This safety symbo means ”Don’t,” “Don’t do this,” or “Don’ let this happen.”
5 .
How
to
Use This Manual
NOTICE:
These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle.
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example. these symbols are used on an original battery:
These symbols are important for you and your passengers whenever your vehicle is driven:
Caution Possible Injury
A
Fasten Safety Belts
These symbols have to do with your lights:
Protect Eyes by Shielding
@
Master lighting Switch
Turn Signal Direction
Caustic Battery Acid
Could Cause Burns
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also,
in this book you will find these notices.
In the notice area, we tell you about something that can darnage your vehicle.
Many times, this damage would not be covered by your warranty. and i t could be costly. But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid the damage.
When you read other manuals. you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use yellow for cautions. bluc for notices and the words CAUTION or
NOTICE.
Avoid Sparks or Flames
Sparks or Flame Could
Explode Battery
Hazard Warning Flashers
8
Headlight High Beam
Headlight Low Beam
Parking Lights
Brightness Control
-0
0 g 0
=oo:
4
...
6
These symbols are on some of your controls:
Windshield Wiper
Windshield Washer
Windshield Defroster
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
Rear Window Wiper
Rear Window Defogger
Ventilating Fan
Recirculate
Inside Air
Circulate
Outside Air
Bi-Level
Vent
Heater
These symbols are used on warning and indicator lights:
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Battery Charging System
F l
Fuel
Engine Oil Pressure
Brake (Canada)
Daytime Running Lights
(Canada)
.***to
**e f
...
How
to
Use This Manual
Here are some other symbols you may see:
Hood Release
Lighter
Horn
. . . a
k
Part
1
Seats & Restraint Systems
H e r e you'll find information about the seats in your Geo and how to use your safety belts properly. You can also learn about some things you should
not
do with safety belts.
Seats and Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 10
Safety Belts: They're for Everyone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Why Safety Belts Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . .
, ,
. . . . . 16
Here Are Questions Many People Ask about Safety Belts
-
Safety Belt Reminder Light
Children
Child Restraints
.
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly . . . . . . .
, ,
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
I8
. . . . . . . . . . .
.
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
. . .
, ,
. . . . . . . . . 19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . 27
LargerChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Safety BeltExtender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Replacing Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
9
..
Seats and Restraint Systems
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tells you about the seats
- how to adjust them, and also about reclining front seatbacks, head restraints, seatback latches, easy entry seats and the folding rear seatback.
Front Seat
Move the lever under the front seat to unlock it. Slide the seat to where you want it. Then release the lever and try to move the seat with your body, to make sure the seat is locked into place.
I
3
Reclining Front Seatbacks
To adjust the seatback, lift the lever on the
Iuter side of the seat. Release the lever to ock the seatback where you want it. Pull
1p go to its
Iriginal upright position. But don’t have he seatback reclined if your vehicle is noving.
. .
.10
r
Head Restraints
Head restraints are fixed on some vehicles and adjustable on others. Slide an adjustable head restraint up or down so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of your ears. This position reduces the chance o f a neck injury in a crash.
.
:
::
.
&-:;.,
, .
..:. ,.
11
. . .
Seats and Restraint Systems
To raise or lower the restraint, push in the release while you pull up or push down on the restraint.
Easy Entry Seats
The front seats of your vehicle make it easy to get in and out of the rear seat.
0
When you pull up on the recliner release lever, the seatback will tilt forward and the whole seat will slide forward.
After someone gets into the rear seat area, move the seatback to its original position. Then move the seat rearward until it locks.
0
To get out, pull the release handle on the rear of the right front seat.
. .
.I2
Folding Rear Seat
The rear seat in your Geo folds to provide more cargo space.
To fold the seat. lower the rear seatback and then flip the whole rear seat up against the front seats.
1. Swing the safety belt buckles forward and down.
Pull the knobs on both sides o f the seatback. I f you have a split rear seat, you can f o l d half of the seat by pulling only the knob on the side you want to fold.
3.
Fold the seatback down.
13
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
4. Unlock the bottom part of the seat.
On the one-piece rear seat, pull ou the release ring.
On the split rear sear, lift the release lever on either seat.
5. Lift the bottom of the seat up and pus1 it toward the front of the vehicle. i. Find the support bar on the bottom of the seat. This bar keeps the rear seat from unfolding.
’.
Pull the inner end of the support off of the seat bracket and swing it down.
’.
Push the support bar into the floor bracket. Be sure the support bar is secured.
‘0 unfold the seat: ieep your hands, safety belts and other bjects away from where the seat will
:st.
Pull the support bar out of the floor bracket and swing it up and toward the bottom of the seat.
Push the support bar into the bracket on the bottom of the seat.
Slowly pull the seat down to the floor.
The seat should latch into place. Pull up on the bottom of the seat to be sure it is locked in position.
Pull the seatback up and push it back.
Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked in place.
. .
. I 4
Safety Belts: They’re
for
Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly. It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts. c
-
b
luckle up. (See “Safety Belt Reminder
I: many states and Canadian provinces, tl he law says to wear safety belts. Here’s
v
vhy: Thev work. tou never know if you’ll be in a crash. If rou do have a crash, you don’t know if it vi11 be a bad one.
:an be so serious that even buckled up
L person wouldn’t survive. But most
:rashes are in between. In many of them,
Ieople who buckle up can survive and lometimes walk away. Without belts they
:odd have been badly hurt or killed.
4fter more than 25 years of safety belts n vehicles, the facts are clear. In most
:rashes buckling up does matter
. . . a lot!
Seats and Restraint Systems
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.
For example, if the bike is going 10 mph
( 16 km/h), so is the child.
When the bike hits the block, it stops. But the child keeps going!
Fdke the simplest vehicle. Suppose it's just
a
seat on wheels.
. .
.I6
Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle.
I'he rider doesn't stop.
The person keeps going until stopped
by
something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield
. . .
1 7 .
..
Seats and Restraint Systems or the instrument panel ... x the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. You get more time to stop.
You stop over more distance, and your
;trongest bones take the forces. That’s why safety belts make such good sense.
Many People Ask about
Safety Belts
-
and the
Answers
Q:
Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A: You could be
- wearing a safety belt or not. But you can easily unbuckle a safety belt, even if you’re upside down. And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident, so you an unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.
Q:
Why don’t they just put in air bags so people won’t have to wear safety belts?
A: Air bags are in some vehicles today and will be in more of them in the future. But they are supplemental systems only
- they work with safety belts, not instead of them.
Every air bag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that
. .
. l a
has air bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions, but especially in side and other collisions.
Q:
If I’m a good driver, and I never drive far from home, why should I wear safety belts?
A: You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an accident - isn’t your f m l t
- you and your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver doesn’t protect you from things beyond your control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles
(40 km) of home. And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than
(65 km/h).
40 mph
Safety belts are for everyone.
Safety Belt Reminder
Light
Nhen the key is turned to “ON” or
‘START,” a light will come on for about
:ight seconds to remind people to fxten heir safety belts. Unless the driver’s afety belt is already buckled, a chime vill also sound. w
How to Wear Safety
Belts Properly
Adults
This section is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children.
And there are different rules for smaller children and babies. If a child will be riding in your Geo, see the section after this one, called “Children.” Follow those rules for everyone’s protection.
19
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This section describes the driver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder
Belt
The driver has a lap-shouldcr bclt. Here‘s how 10 wear il properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see
“Seats” in the Index) so you can sit up straight.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Don’t let it get twisted.
4. Push the latch plate until it clicks. into the buckle
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
Make
sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
...
20
5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle end of the belt as you pull u p on the shoulder belt.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or crash, or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
2:
What’s wrong with this?
\: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly as much protection this way.
21
. .
Seats and Restraint Systems
8
Q:
What's wrong with this?
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place. m
:
What's wrong with
this?
: The shoulder- belt is worn under the arm. I t should be worn over- the shoulder at all times.
A
CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your
arm. In
a crash, your budy would move too far forward, which would increase the chance
of
head and
neck
injury.
Also,
the belt would apply too much force to the ribs, which aren't
as
strong as shoulder bones. You could also severely injure internal organs
like
your liver or spleen.
C 2:
What's wrong with this?
P \: The belt is twisted across the body.
...
22
L
1
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle. The belt should go back out of the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out of the way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the belt and your vehicle.
Safety Belt Use during
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
A
pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more likely that the fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Passenger Positions
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same way as the driver’s safety belt. See “Driver Position,’’ earlier in this part.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Seats and Restraint Systems
L
Rear
Seat
Passengers
It‘s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up! Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Don’t let it get twisted.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The rear seats have lap-shoulder belts.
Here’s how t o wear one properly.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.
If the belt is not long eqough, see “Safety
Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
. . .
24
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'd be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there's a sudden stop or a crash, or if you pull the belt veri quickly out of the retractor.
25
.
.
Seats and Restraint Systems
0 To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
I
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection!
That includes infants and all children smaller than adult size. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies
...
26
1
Child Restraints
Be sure to follow the instructions for the restraint. You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet, or both. These restraints
use
the belt system in your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury. The instructions that come with the infant or child restraint will show you how to do that.
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We at General
Motors therefore recommend that you put your child restraint in the rear seat unless the child is an infant and you’re the only adult in the vehicle. In that case, you might want to secure the restraint in the front seat where you can keep an eye on the baby.
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle - when no child is in it.
27
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
Top Strap
If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be anchored.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Rear
Seat
You'll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier section about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions for the child restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes i n front of the child's face or neck, put i t behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
...
28
1
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock.
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt into the retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger.
29
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
The child restraint instructions will show you how.
If
the shoulder belt goes in front of the child's face or neck, put it behind the child restraint.
5. Buckle the belt.
Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat
You'll
be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier section about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. This is the only place in your vehicle where you can use a child restraint with a top strap.
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructions say.
4.
Pick
up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint.
...
30
L '
6. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock.
7. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
8. Push and
pull
the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt and let it go back all the way.
The safety belt will move freely again anc be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger.
3 1
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
Larger Children
Children who have outgrown child restraints should wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat.
But they need to use the safety belts properly.
0
Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in a crash.
0
Children who aren’t buckled strike other people who are. up can
...
32
Q.
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt, but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child’s face or neck?
A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide.
I
This applies belt force to the child’s pelvic bones in a crash.
%3L.---v.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will
I wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. The extender will be just for you, and just for the seat in your vehicle that you choose. Don’t let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your
Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, anchorages and reminder systems are working properly. Look for any loose parts or damage. If you see anything that
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of might keep a restraint system from doing the belt should be worn low and snug on its job, have it repaired. the hips, just touching the child’s thighs.
3 3 .
..
Seats and Restraint Systems
Replacing Safety Belts after a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary. But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace them.
Collision damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at the time of the collision.
Q:
What’s wrong with this?
A: The belt is torn.
Tom or frayed belts may not protect you in a crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
Before replacing any safety belt, see your dealer for the correct part number. You’ll need the model year and model number for your vehicle. The model year is on your title and registration. And you can find the model number on the
Certificationpire label of your vehicle.
See “Certification/Tire Label” in the
Index.
The model number on the replacement belt must be listed on the safety belt you want to replace. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out to see this label.
...
34
Part
2
Features & Controls
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
New Vehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Ignitionswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 H e r e you can learn about the many standard and optional Four-wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 features on your Geo. and information on starting. shifting and braking . Also explained are
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
EngineExhaust
Windows
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 the instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if everything is working properly - and what to do if you have a problem .
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Adjustable Steering Column
The Turn Signalbights Control/Headlight Beam Lever
Interior Lights
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Windshield WiperjWasher Lever
Rear Window Wiperwasher
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sun Visors
Storage and Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Passenger Assist Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Ashtray and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Instrument Panel and Cluster
ConvertibleTop
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
35
I
. .
Features and Controls
Keys
- c )ne key is used for the ignition, the d ealer removes the metal plate from the k .ey ring and gives to the first owner.
Y
'our dealer or a qualified locksmith how tc 3 make extra keys. Keep the code in
a
S afe place. If you lose your keys, you'll b le able to have new ones made easily
NOTICE:
Your Geo has a number of features that can help prevent theft. But you can have a lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock your keys inside. You may even have to damage your vehicle to get in.
So
be sure you have an extra key.
...
36
Door Locks
\
\
/
There are several ways your vehicle: to lock and unlock
From the outside, use your key. To lock the door, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle. To unlock the door, turn the key toward the rear.
To lock the door from the inside, push down the button on the door. To unlock it, pull up on the button.
Leaving
Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your key, open your door and set the locks from inside. Then get out and close the door.
37
. . .
Features and Controls
Tailgate
Use your key to lock or unlock your tailgate.
If you have a convertible, be sure to unzil the rear plastic window completely befort opening the tailgate. See "Opening and
Closing Your Rear Window" in the Index
Open the tailgate with the bottom of the window still altached to the tailgate.
When closing the tailgate be sure: e Both lower canvas top flaps are facini outward so they do not get caught in the tailgate.
0
The zipper connector is engaged correctly or you could damage your zipper.
. . .
38
Theft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities. Although your Geo has a number of theft deterrent features, we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal. However, there are ways you can help.
Key in the Ignition
If you walk away from your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves
- don’t do it.
When you park your Geo and open the driver’s door, you’ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you. Always do this. Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will your ignition. If you have an automatic transmission, taking your key out also locks your transmission.
And remember to lock the doors.
Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight. Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
New Vehicle
"Break-in"
NOTICE:
Your modern Geo doesn‘t need an elaborate “break-in.” But it will per- form better in the long run if you fol- low these guidelines:
0
Keep your speed at 55 mph
(88 km/h) or less for the first
500 miles (804 km).
0
Don’t drive at any one speed fast or slow for the first
500 miles (804 km). Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0
Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time your new brake linings aren’t yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this
“breaking-in“ guideline every time you get new brake linings.
C
I
Ignition Switch
Vith the key in the ignition switch, you an turn the switch to four positions:
,OCK (A):
The only position in which
‘ou can remove the key. This locks your teering wheel, ignition and automatic ransmission. Press in the ignition switch s you turn the top of it toward you. f you have an automatic transmission, the gnition switch can’t be turned to
,LOCK” unless the shift lever is in the
LCC
(B):
Position in which you can bperate your electrical power accessories. t unlocks the steering wheel and ignition.
Jse this position if your vehicle must be mhed or towed.
39.
.
Features and Controls
ON
(C): returns after you start your engine and release the switch. The switch stays in the
“ON’
position when the engine is running. But even when the engine is not running, you can use
“ON’
to operate your electrical power accessories and to display some instrument panel warning and indicator lights.
START (D):
Starts the engine. When the engine starts, release the key. The ignition switch will return to
“ON’
for normal driving.
When the engine is not running, “ACC” and
“ON’
allow you to operate your electrical accessories, such as the radio and ventilation fan.
A
warning chime will sound if you open the driver’s door when the ignition is in
“ACC” or “LOCK” and the key is in the ignition.
NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck in “LOCK” and you can’t turn it, be sure it is all the way in. If it is, then turn the steer- ing wheel left and right while you turn the key hard. But turn the key only with your hand. Using a tool to ignition switch. If none of this works, then your vehicle needs service.
Starting Your Engine
Automatic transmission:
Move your shift lever to “P” (Park) or
“N’
Your engine won’t start in any other position - restart when you’re already moving, use
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift to “P’
Geo is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to “P”
(Park) only when your vehicle is stopped.
Manual transmission:
The gear selector should be in neutral. Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine.
Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down - a safety feature.
To start your engine:
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your ignition key
to
“START.”
When the engine starts, let go of the key.
...
40
NOTICE:
Holding your key in
“START”
for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can damage your starter motor.
2. If it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in
“
START”
for about three seconds at a time until your engine starts. Wait about 15 seconds between each
try
to help avoid draining your battery.
If your engine still won’t start, call your dealer for help.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the fuel injection system operates. Before adding electrical equipment, check with your dealer. If you don’t, your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see the part of this manual that tells how to do it without damag- ing your vehicle. See “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
Engine Coolant Heater (Engine
Block Heatel‘)
(CANADA)
In very cold weather, 0 OF (-
1 8
O
C)
or colder, the engine coolant heater can help.
You’ll get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up.
Usually, the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle.
To use the coolant heater:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt outlet.
)riving through Deep Standing
Water
NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water, water can come in through your engine’s air intake and badly damage your engine. If you can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive through them very slowly.
41
..
Features and Controls
NOTICE:
After you’ve used the coolant heater, be sure to store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts. If you don’t, it could be damaged.
How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in? The answer depends on the weather, the kind of
oil
you have, and some other things. Instead of trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact a Geo dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your vehicle. The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area.
Automatic
Transmission
There are several different positions for your shift lever.
0
This locks your rear wheels. It’s the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle can’t move easily.
- . . 4 2
1
Ensure the shift lever is fully in “F‘”
(Park) range before starting the engine.
Your Geo has a brake-transmission shift interlock. You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from
“P” (Park) when the ignition key is in the
“ON’
position. If you cannot shift out of
“ P ’
(Park), ease pressure on the shift lever
- into
“ P ’
(Park) and release the shift lever button as you maintain brake application.
Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into the gear you wish. See “Shifting out of ‘P’ (Park)” in the Index.
0
R (Reverse)
Use this gear to back up.
I
NOTICE:
Shifting to “R” (Reverse) while your vehicle is moving forward could damage your transmission. Shift to
“R” only after your vehicle is stopped.
~~
To rock your vehicle back and forth to gel t out of snow, ice or sand without damaging your transmission, see “Stuck:
In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow” in the Index.
0
N (Neutral)
In this position, your engine doesn’t connect with the wheels. To restart when you’re already moving, use “ N ’ (Neutral) only. Also, use “N” when your vehicle is being towed.
NOTICE:
Damage to your transmission caused by shifting out of “P” (Park) or
“ N ’
(Neutral) with the engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
0
D (Drive)
This position
is
for normal driving. If you need more power for passing, and you’re:
-
Going less than about 15 mph
(25 km/h), push your accelerator peda about halfway down.
- Going about 15 mph (25 km/h) or more, push your accelerator pedal all the way down.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
0
2 (Second Gear)
This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy. You can use “2” on hills. It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads, but then you would also want to use your brakes off and on.
Don’t shift into “2” unless you are going slower than 65 mph
( 105 km/h) with the transfer case in
“4H’ or 35 mph (55 km/h) with the transfer case in “4L,” or you can damage your transmission.
4 3 .
Features and Controls
L (Low Gear)
This position gives you even more power
(but lower fuel economy) than “2.” You can use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the selector lever is put il n
“L,” the transmission won’t shift into low gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough.
NOTICE:
Don’t shift into “L,” (Low) at speeds above 40 mph (65 km/h) with the transfer case in “4L,” or you can damage your transmission.
NOTICE:
If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to drive. This might happen if you were stuck in very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid object. You could damage your transmission.
Also, if you stop when going uphill, don’t hold your vehicle there with only the accelerator pedal. This could overheat and damage the transmission. Use your brakes to hold your vehicle in position on a hill.
0
2 (Second Gear)
- pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into “2.” Then, slowly
0 the accelerator pedal.
3,4 and 5 (Third, Fourth and Fifth
Gears)
-
“3,”
“4” and “5” the same way you do for “2.” Slowly
F
Manual Transmission ive-Speed
is is your shift pattern. Here’s how to erate your transmission:
0
0 the accelerator pedal.
To Stop
- pedal and press the brGke pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and shift to “Neutral.”
Neutral
- you start or idle your engine.
1
(First Gear)
- pedal and shift into “1.” Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into “ I ” when you’re going less than 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a complete stop and it’s hard to shift into “1,” put the shift lever in “Neutral” and let up on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal back
.”
0
R (Reverse)
- back up, press down the clutch pedal and shift into
“R.” Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal.
You cannot go from “5” (Fifth Gear) into
“R” (Reverse). If you try, you will be locked out. You must first shift into
“Neutral,” move the lever to the left, back to the right, and then shift into “R”
(Reverse). This is a safety feature.
...
44
I
NOTICE: vehicle is stopped. Shifting to “R”
I Shift to “R” (Reverse) only after your
(Reverse) while your vehicle is mov- ing could damage your transmission.
Also, use “R’ (Reverse) along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle.
Shiff Speeds
(MANUAL TRANSMISSION)
This chart shows when to shift to the next higher gear for best fuel economy.
Acceleration Shift Speed
Engine 1 t o 2 2 t o 3 3 to 4 4
1.6L L4
8-valve (24) (42) (56) (72) 20
26 35 45 15
1.6L L4
16-valve (24) (40) (64) (72)
15 25 40 45 t o 5 2
Cruise Shift t o 3 to 26
(32 to 42)
3 to 4
Speed
4 to 5
30 to 35 to 56)
39 to 45
(63 to 72) (48
If your speed drops below 20 mph (30 km/h), or if the engine is not running smoothly, you should downshift to the next lower gear. You may have to downshift two or more gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good performance.
.NOTICE:
If you skip more than one gear when you downshift, or if you race the engine when you downshift, you can damage the clutch or transmission.
I
4 5 . .
Features and Controls
Four-wheel Drive
If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, you can send your engine's driving power to all four wheels for extra traction. To shift out of two-wheel drive and into four-wheel drive, lock the freewheeling hubs and move the transfer case shift lever to "4H" or "4L" (see the following).
You should use "2H" for most normal driving.
Rear wheel anti-lock brakes do not work when you shift into four-wheel drive.
Your regular brakes will still work. When you shift back into two-wheel drive, your
Freewheeling Hubs
Your vehicle may have either manual or automatic freewheeling hubs. You must
To unlock the hubs,
'FREE." turn the h u b dials to
Manual
NOTICE:
Driving in "4H" or "4L" positions for a long time on dry or wet pavement could shorten the life of your
I vehicle's drivetrain.
To lock or unlock the hubs, you must park your vehicle (see "Shifting into 'P'
(Park)" or "Parking Your Vehicle" i n the
Index) and get out. To lock the hubs, turn
' the hub dials to "LOCK."
I
NOTICE:
Don't drive in "2H" with the manual locking hubs in "LOCK." If you do. you could damage your front drive- shaft parts.
...
46
Automatic
With automatic freewheeling hubs, you don’t have to get out of the vehicle to lock
or
unlock the hubs.
To lock the hubs:
1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Shift the transfer case to
“4H’
or
“4L.”
3. Drive slowly forward and the hubs will lock.
To unlock the hubs:
1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Drive seven feet (two meters) in the direction opposite to the direction you were driving before you stopped.
3. Then, press the clutch if you have a manual transmission, and shift the transfer case to
“2H.”
The hubs will unlock.
rransfer Case
?he transfer case shift lever is on the floor o the right of the driver. Use this lever to hift into and out of four-wheel drive. An ndicator light comes on when the transfer
:ase is in
“4H’
or
“4L.”
!H:
This setting is for driving in most treet and highway situations. Your front
.xle is not engaged in two-wheel drive.
IH:
This setting engages your front axle o help drive your vehicle. Use
“4”’
vhen you need extra traction, such as on vet or icy roads, or in most off-road ituations. q: Shift to this setting only when your rehicle needs to
be
towed.
4L:
This setting also engages your front axle to give you extra traction, but should be used only for driving downhill or on slippery, surfaces when you’re driving slower than 35 mph (55 km/h).
Remember that driving in
“4H”
or
“4L”
may reduce fuel economy. Also, driving in four-wheel drive on dry pavement could cause your tires to wear faster and make your transfer case harder to shift.
You can shift from
“2H”
to
“4H’
or from
“4W’
to
“2H”
at any speed if your hubs are locked and your wheels are straight ahead. Your front axle will engage faster if you take your foot off the accelerator pedal for a few seconds as you shift.
To shift into or out of 4L:
1. Stop your vehicle and shift your transmission to “N” (Neutral).
2. Shift the transfer case in one continuous motion.
Don’t pause in “ N ’ as you shift into
“4H,”
or your gears could clash.
Features and Controls
Parking
Parking Brake
To set the parking brake:
Hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever. If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will come on.
To release the parking brake:
Hold the brake pedal down. Pull the parking brake lever up until you can push in the release button. Hold the release button in
as
you move the lever all the way down.
NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brake on can cause your rear brakes to over- heat. You may have to replace them, and you could also damage other parts of your vehicle.
If you are towing a trailer, see“Towing a
Trailer” in the Index.
...
48
Shifting into “P” (Park)
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMlSSlON)
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into “P” (Park) position like this:
0
Hold in the button on the lever, and push the lever all the way toward the front of your vehicle.
3. If you have four-wheel drive, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear
- not in “N” (Neutral).
4. Move the key to “LOCK.”
5. Remove the key and take it with you.
If you can walk away from your vehicle with the key in your hand, your vehicle is i n “P” (Park).
Leaving Your Vehicle with the
Engine Running
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
A
CAUTION:
Xt
can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running. Your vehicle could move suddenly if the
shift
lever is not fully in
“P”
(Park) with the parking brake firmly set.
I€
YOU
have four-wheel drive
your
transfer case
is
in
“N”
(Neutral), your vehicle will be free
to roll,
even if your shift lever is in
“F‘”
(Park). So
be
sure the transfer case is
in
a drive gear
-
“N’
And,
if
you leave the vehicle
with the engine running, it could overheat and even catch fie. You or others could
be
injured. Don’t leave your vehicle with the engine running unless you have
to.
Torque Lock
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
I f you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your transmission into “P” (Park) properly, the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of “P” (Park).
This is called ”torque lock.” To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift into “P“ (Park) properly before y o u leave the driver‘s seat. To find out how, see “Shifting into ’P7 (Park)’‘ in the
Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of “P?’ (Park) BEFORE you release the parking brake.
If “torque lock” does occur, you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill t o take some of the pressure from the transmission, so you can pull the
Shifting out of P (Park)
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
Your Geo has a brake-transmission shift interlock. You have to fully
apply
your regular brake before you can shift from
.‘P’’ (Park) when the ignition is in the
49
. . .
Features and Controls
“ON” position. See “Automatic
Transmission” in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of “P” (Park), ease pressure on the shift lever - shift lever all the way into “P” (Park) and release the shift lever button as you maintain brake application. Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into the gear you wish.
/-
8
If you ever hold the brake pedal down bul still can’t shift out of
“ P ’ try this:
1. Apply And hold the brake until the en( of step 6.
2. If the engine is running, shut it off.
Turn the key to “ON” or “ACC.”
3.
Find the access hole cover (A) on the driver’s side of the console, near the shift lever.
4. Remove the screw (B) and cover (A).
5. Inside you’ll see the return plate (C).
Using your finger, move the return plate toward the rear of the vehicle until it stops.
6. Move the shift lever into the gear you want.
7. Have the vehicle fixed can. as soon as you
Parking Your Vehitle
(MANUAL TRANSMISSION)
Before you get out of your vehicle, put your manual transmission in “R”
(Reverse) and firmly apply the parking brake.
If
you have four-wheel drive, be sure your transfer case is in a drive gear.
Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
If your vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in the
Index.
...
50
I
Parking over Things That Burn
A
CAUTION;
Things that can bum could touch hot exhaust
parts under
your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park over papers, leaves, dry
p s s or
other things that can bum.
Engine Exhaust Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked
(AUTOMATlC TRANSMISSION) A
CAUTION:
Engine exhaust
can kill. It
contains the gas carbon monoxide (CO), w l c h you can’t see or smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You
might have exhaust coming
Your
exhaust system sounds strange or different. a Your vehicle gets rusty underneath. a Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
*
Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris.
Repairs weren’t done correctly.
Your vehicle
or
exhaust
system
had been modified improperly.
If
you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle:
0
Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any
CO; and
*
Have your vehicle
fixed
immediatelv.
.I
It’s better not to park with the engine
But if you ever have to, here I running. some things to know.
Idling the engine with the air system control off could allow dangerous exhaust
into your
vehicle (see the earlier Caution under “Engine
Exhaust”).
Also,
idling
in
a
closed-in place can into your vehicle even if the fan switch
is
at the highest setting. One place
this
can happen i s a garage.
Exhaust
-
CO
- easily.
NEVER
park in
a garage
with the engine running. blizzard. (See “Blizzard” in the
Index.)
51
...
Features and Controls
If you have four-wheel drive and your transfer case is in
“ N ’ (Neutral), your vehicle will be free to roll, even if your shift lever is in “ P ’ (Park). So, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear - in
“ N ’ (Neutral).
Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t move. See “Shifting into
‘P’ (Park)” in the Index.
If you’re parking on a hill and if you’re pulling a trailer, also see “Towing a
Trailer’’ in the Index.
...
52
Windows
Manual Windows
Use the window crank to open and close each door window.
Rear Swing-Out Side Windows
To open this window, pull the latch out and forward.
Adjustable Steering
To close the window, pull the latch in and back. w
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn symbol on your steering wheel.
Adjusting the steering column while driving can
be
dangerous.
The movement of tha column
could
startle or confuse you, causing
you to
lose control of the vehicle. Adjust
the
steering coIumn only when the vehicle is not being driven.
An adjustable steering column allows yo1 to adjust the steering column before drive.
You can also raise it to the highest level give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle.
53
...
Features and Controls
~~ ~ ~~~~
To adjust the column, hold the steering wheel and lower the lever. Move the column to a comfortable level, then raise the lever to its highest position to lock the column in place.
1
1
1
The Turn SignallLights
ControllHeadlight
Beam Lever
'he lever on the left side of the steering olumn includes your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change
Indicator
Headlight High/Low Beam and
Passing Signal
Lighting Operation
i
rum
Signal and Lane Change ndicafor
'he turn signal has two upward (for
!ight) and two downward (for Left) lositions. These positions allow you to ignal a turn or a lane change. b signal a turn, move the lever all the
lay up or down. When the turn is inished, the lever will return utomatically.
. .
. 5 4
Operation of Lights
Although your vehicle’s lighting system
(headlights, parking lights, fog lamps, sidemarker lights and taillights) meets all applicable federal lighting requirements, certain states and provinces may apply their own lighting regulations that may require special attention before you operate these lights.
A
green arrow on the instrument panel will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change.
To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the lever until the green arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you complete your lane change. The lever will return by itself when you release it.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrows don’t flash but just stay on, a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an accident. If the green arrows don’t go on at all when you signal a turn, check the fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit
Breakers” in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.
For example, some jurisdictions may require that you operate your fog lamps only when your lower beam headlights are also on, or that headlights be turned on whenever you must use your windshield wipers. In addition, most jurisdictions prohibit driving solely with parking lights, especially at dawn or dusk.
It is recommended that you check with your own state or provincial highway authority for applicable lighting regulations.
Turn the outside part of the lever to control the lights. There are three positions for the light switch.
OFF: All
lights are off.
-300:: The parking lights, taillights,
. license plate light and the instrument panel lighting come on. The headlights are off.
‘8’’-
/,
:The headlights and all other operating lights come on.
Lights On Reminder
If you turn the ignition off, remove the key, open the door and leave the lights on, a chime will remind you to turn off your lights.
55
...
Features and Controls
Headlight HighlLow Ream
First, you must have the headlights on.
For high beams, push the turn signal lever away from you. When the high beams are on, a blue light on the instrument panel also will be on. It will go off when you switch to low beam. To switch back to low beams, pull the lever toward you.
Passing Signal
With the lever in the low beam position, pull the lever toward you to momentarily switch to high beam (to signal that you are going to pass). When you release the lever, the headlights will return to low beam operation.
Daytime Running Lights (Canada)
The Canadian Federal Government has decided that “Daytime Running Lighls”
(DRL) are a useful feature, in that DRL can make your vehicle more visible to pedestrians and other drivers during daylight hours. DRL are required on new vehicles sold in Canada.
The low beam headlights will come on at reduced brightness in daylight when:
0
The ignition is on
0
The headlight switch is off, and
The parking brake is released.
When you turn on your headlights, the
DRL will switch off and the exterior lights will come on. When you turn off the headlights, the exterior lights will go out and the low beams will change to the reduced brightness of DRL again.
The DRL indicator light on the instrument panel will go on whenever the DRL are on. This light means that only the DRL are on. When you turn on your exterior lights, this light will go out.
Of course, you may still turn on the headlights or passing signal any time you need to.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking brake. The DRL will stay off until you release the parking brake.
...
56
Interior Lights
Dome Light
The dome light has a three position switch.
1:
The light turns on and stays on whether or not a door is open.
2: on when a door is opened.
3:
The light stays off even when a door is open.
3rightness Control
rhis knob controls the brightness of your nstrument panel lights. Turn the knob to he right to brighten the lights or to the eft to dim them.
Windshield
WiperlWasher Lever
The lever on the right side of the steering
:olumn controls the windshield wipers md washers. vlove the wiper switch to the position yo1 vant:
D a
OFF:
The wipers are off.
INT:
Intermittent wiper operation. In light rain or snow, you might want to use this position rather than continuous wiping.
LO:
The wipers will run continuouslq at low speed.
HI:
The wipers will run continuously at high speed.
57
...
Features and Controls
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever start, h e n let go. The wipers will stop after one cycle. If you want more cycles, hold the lever on “MIST.” longer.
Washers
Pull the wiper/washer lever toward you to spray washer fluid’on the windshield. The spray will continue until you release the lever. This will also turn on the low speed wipers.
Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers.
A
circuit breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload.
...
58
NOTICE:
0 When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer’s instructions for adding water.
0 Don’t
mjx
water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damqge your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. Also, water doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
0 Fill your washer fluid tank only
3/4
full when it’s very cold. This allows for expansion, which could damage the tank if it is compldtel) full.
0
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your wipdshield washer. It can damage your paint.
Convex Outside Mirror
n
Your right side mirror is
convex.
A convex mirror‘s surface is curved so you can see more from the driver’s seat. i
I
Rear Window
WiperlWasher
(OPTION)
To turn on your rear wiper, push
Q .
Push Q
To spray washer fluid on the rear window, push Q about halfway down. Washer fluid will spray as long as you hold IQ .
To wash and wipe at the same time, push
IQ
all the way in.
The washer and wiper will run as long as you hold Q . To add washer fluid, see
“Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index.
Mirrors
Inside Rearview Mirror
An inside rearview mirror is attached above your windshield. The mirror has pivots so that you can adjust it up and down or side to side.
Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror
You can adjust the mirror for day or night driving. Pull the tab for night driving to reduce glare. Push the tab for daytime driving.
59
...
Features and Controls
3utside Manual Adjust Mirrors
The mirrors should be adjusted by hand io that you can just see the side of your
Iehicle, when you are sitting in a
:omfortable position.
Storage and
Compartments
Glove Box
To open the glove box, pull the latch toward you. Use your key to lock and unlock the glove box.
loor Storage Compartments
lach door has
a
storage compartment.
...
60
- - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -
Front Seat Side Pockets
On the outside of each front seat is a storage pocket.
Instrument Panel Bins
On the top center of the instrument panel is a storage bin.
Coinholder and Bin
Your console has a coinholder and a smal storage bin.
Cupholder
Two cupholders are on the center console next to the parking brake lever.
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors.
You can also swing them to the side. If the visors swing too easily, tighten the screw on the roof rail.
61
...
Features and Controls
0
I
V
Passenger Assist Grips
Your Geo may have assist grips.
Passengers can use the grips to help keep their balance over rough roads or during sharp turns.
Ashtrays and Lighter
Zigarette Lighter
ro use the lighter, push the lighter in all he way and let go. When it’s ready, it wil m p back by itself.
NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to back away from the heating element when it’s ready. That can make it overheat, damaging the lighter and the heating element.
. .
. 6 2
L
\ I I1 E 7 l U
Front
Ashtray
Pull the door to open it. To remove the ashtray, press down on the tab and out the ashtray. pull
Rear Ashtray
The rear ashtray is on the back of the
:enter console.
Pull
the door to open it.
To remove the ashtray, press down on the ab and pull the ashtray out.
NOTICE:
Don’t put papers and other things that burn into your ashtray. If you do, cig- arettes or other smoking materials could set them on fire, causing dam- age.
63
...
Features and Controls
Instrument Panel
1. Air Vent
2. Side Defroster Vent
3. Turn Signalbights Control/Headlight
Beam Lever
4. Instrument Cluster
5. Hazard Warning Flasher
6. Windshield Wipermasher Lever
7 . Rear Window Wiper Switch
8. Comfort Controls
9. Audio System
10. Lighter
11. Assist Grip
12. Glove
Box
13. Transmission Shift Lever
14. Coinholder and Bin
15. Transfer Case Shift Lever
16. Parking Brake Lever
17. Ashtray
18. Rear Window Washer Switch
19. Ignition Switch
20. Horn
21. Fuse Block
22. Rear Window Defogger Switch
23. Brightness Control
65
...
Features and Controls
H
UNLEADED
FUEL ONLY
Instrument Panel and
Clusters
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your ve.hicle is running. You'll know how fast you're going, about how much fuel you have left and many other things you'll need to know to drive safely and economically.
Optional Cluster
If you have the optional cluster, your instrument panel gives you additional information. The cluster includes a tachometer.
...
66
Speedometer and Odometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (kmh). Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven, in either miles (used in the
U.S.)
or kilometers (used in Canada).
x1 000 - d l
RPM
Your Geo’s odometer is tamper-resistant. I same reading the old one had. If it can’t I Trip
Odometer
If you can see silver lines between the be, then it’s Set at zero, but a label on the
The trip odometer can tell you how far numbers, probably someone has tried to driver’s door must show the old reading your vehicle has been driven since you turn it back. The numbers may not be and when the new one was installed. last set the trip odometer to zero. true.
To set the trip odometer to zero, press the
You may wonder what happens if your knob. vehicle needs a new odometer installed.
If
possible, the new one has to be set to the
67
...
...
68
Features and Controls
and Indicators
This section describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle.
The pictures will help you locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause
an
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury.
Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
Warning lights go on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you will see in the details thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
You
can use it while driving to select correct shift points. The tachometel r on the next few pages, some warning lights come on briefly when you turn the tachometer in the red area, or engine damage may occur. ignition key just to let you know they’re may not return to zero when the engine is not running.
NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the
I: working. If you are familiar with this
! section, you should not be alarmed when
1 this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or
1 is a problem with one of your vehicle’s
1 functions. Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there’s a problem with your vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows there may be
a
problem, check the section that tells you what to do about it. Please follow the manual’s advice. Waiting to do repairs can be costly - even dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights and gages. They’re a big help.
1s
I
UNLEADED-
FUEL ONLY
J
J
Fuel Gage
Your fuel gage shows about how much fuel is in your tank. When the gage first indicates “E,” you still have a little fuel left (about one or two gallons), but you need to get more right away.
Here are four concerns some owners have had about the fuel gage. All these situations are normal and do not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage,
At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads “F.”
It takes more (or less) fuel to fill up than the gage reads. For example, the gage reads half full, but it took more
(or less) than half of the tank’s capacity to fill it.
[I 0
0 The gage moves a little when you turn, stop or speed up.
When you turn the engine off, the gage doesn’t go back to “E.”
~~
Brake System Warning Light
four Geo’s hydraulic brake system is livided into two parts. If one part isn’t vorking, the other part can still work and
;top you. For good braking, though, you leed both parts working well. four vehicle also has rear-wheel anti-lock
)rakes. If the warning light comes on, here could be a brake problem with eithel r
[our regular or rear-wheel anti-lock
)rakes, or both. Have your brake system nspected right away. rhis light should come on as you start the lehicle. If it doesn’t come on then, have ii ixed so it will be ready to warn you if here’s a problem.
69
...
Features and Controls
If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor. It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on. have the vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing
Your Vehicle“ i n the Index.) p\ CAUTION:
Your brake system may ing properly
if
warning light
the
is
on,
not with the brake system warning light on can lead
to
an accident. If the light is still on after you’ve pulled off the road
and
stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed
for
service.
be
work- brake system
The brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake, and it will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release fully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released. it means you have a brake problem.
‘ngine Coolant Temperature Gage
rhis gage shows the engine coolanl emperature. I f the gage pointer moves to he ”H” (red) side. your engine is too hot! t means that your engine coolant has
)verheatcd and you should stop your ehicle and turn off the engine
HS s o o ~
Iossible.
HOT
I n
COOLANT CAN
BADLY!
“Problems on the
BURN YOU
Road.” this manual shows what to do. See ”Engine
Overheating” in the Index.
Charging System Light
This light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition, but the engine is not running, as a check to show you it is working. Then it should go out when the engine starts. If it stays on or comes on while y o u are driving, you may have a problem with the electrical charging system. It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive belt or another electrical problem. Have it checked right away. Driving while this light is on could drain y o u r battery.
I f you must drive a short distance with this light on, be certain to turn off all your accessories. such as the radio and air conditioner.
. .
. 7 0
I 1
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light)
A computer monitors operation of your fuel, ignition and emission control
1 systems. This light should come on when the ignition is on, but the engine is not running, as a check to show you it is working. I f i t does not come on at all, have i t fixed right away. I f i t stays on. or comes on while you are driving, the computer is indicating that you have a problem. You should take your vehicle in for service soon.
1
NOTICE:
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on. after
a
while the ernis- sion controls won't work as well, your fuel economy won't be a s good and your engine may not run as smoothly. This could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
If you have a problem with your oil? this light may stay on after you start your engine, or come on when you are driving.
This indicates that there is not enough pressure to keep your engine properly
ILJbricated and cool. The engine could be low on oil, or have some other oil related problem. Have i t fixed right away.
The oil light could also come on in three other situations.
When the ignition is on but the engine is not running, the light will come on a s a test to show you it is working, but the light will go out when you turn the engine to "START." If it doesn't come on with the ignition on, you may have
71
Features and Controls a problem with the fuse or bulb. Have it fixed right away.
Sometimes when the engine is idling at a stop, the light may blink on and off. This is normal.
If you make a hard stop, the light may come on for a moment. This is normal.
A
CAUTION:
Don't keep
driving
if the oil pressure is low,
If' you
do, your engine
can hot that it
catches fae.
You
UT
ol;krers
could be burned.
Check your oil
as SQOD
as possible and have yaw vehicle serviced. laytime Running Lights (DRL) ndicator Light (Canada)
F your vehicle was first sold, when new,
I
Canada, you will have this light on the xtrument panel. It goes on whenever the laytime Running Lights are on.
Convertible Top
(OPTION)
Your convertible top features a sunroof, a removable rear window and a removable canvas top.
A
CAlJTtON:
NOTICE:
Damage to your engine from neglected oil problems can be costly and is not covered by your warranty.
. . .
72
NOTICE: e e e
0 e e
Never raise or lower the top while the vehicle is moving, or drive with any part of the top unfastened or partially removed. The wind could get under it and cause damage.
Do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash. It could damage your convertible top.
Don’t try to lower or raise the convertible top or tap or beat on the plastic windows if your vehicle is out in cold weather, 4 1 OF (5°C) or below. The cold can cause cracks and other damage to the windows and to the top as it is being lowered or raised.
Don’t lower the top if it is damp or wet. After the top is down, the trapped water can cause stains, mildew and damage to the inside of your car. Be sure to dry off the top before you lower it.
Don’t lower the convertible top if the rear flap or side windows are dirty.
Dirt could scratch the side windows.
The convertible top isn’t designed to carry weight. Never let anyone sit on the top, and don’t put anything on top of it when it is up, or it could be damaged.
The parts of your convertible top are:
1. Top Bow Latch
2. Front Top Bow
3. Horizontal Roof Support
4. Rear Top Bow
5. Strap
6. Strut
7. Clamp
8. Center Pillar
9. Roof Rail
73
. .
Features and Controls
Opening and Closing Your Sunroof
1. Lower your antenna and swing your sun visors down.
2. Squeeze the front top bow latch buttons and pull the latch back.
I
3. Unhook the latch from the front top bow.
' I
4. Swing the front
top
bow up and back while-folding the canvas top out from between the top bow and the roof support. Be sure that you don't pinch the canvas top between the front top bow arms and the roof rails.
...
74
“\\ \
5. Unfasten the holding strap near the dome light and pull it through the slot in the front top bow.
6. Fasten the holding strap to itself.
7. Push the front top bow latches down until they “click.“
8. Swing your sun visors up and raise your antenna.
Reverse the steps to close your sunroof.
Be sure your front top bow is latched securely.
Opening
and
Closing Your Rear
Window
Make sure your rear window is clean before you try to remove it. See “Special
Care of Canvas Top” in the Index.
1. Unfaten the lower right corner flap t( uncover the zipper pull.
Unzip the rear window. If the zipper is hard to move, you can lubricate it with beeswax, bar soap or silicone spray.
Remove the window.
Features and Controls
Removing and Installing Your Rear
Window
1. Unfasten the lower corner flaps on both sides.
2. There are two places on the canvas on the tailgate marked “PULL.” Pull at each place to unhook the rear window frame from the tailgate. Also, pull the canvas at the center of the tailgate.
3. Unzip and remove the rear window.
I. Lay the rear window inside-up on a clean, dry, flat surface and roll the rear window from the bottom to the top. teverse the steps to install the rear vindow. Be sure the rear window is
‘ompletely closed before driving.
temoving and Installing Your Canvas
rOP
Lower your antenna and swing your sun visors down.
!. Remove your rear window. See
“Removing and Installing Your Rear
Window” in this section.
..
.76
3.
Unsnap the upper and lower straps that connect the rear top bow to the side window frames.
1. From inside your vehicle, push out on the lower front corner metal support of the rear side window frames.
.
Unfaten the rear side windows from the frames.
6
.
Hook the frames back to the body of your vehicle.
Be sure the strap is above the frame so you don’t pinch the strap between the frame and the body of the vehicle.
7. Squeeze the front top bow latch buttons and pull the latch back.
0 Snap the strap on the frame to itself.
7 7 .
Features and Controls
Y
8. Unhook the latch from the front top
J
9.
Swing the front top bow back so bow. you'll have some slack in the canvas top.
10. Unhook the canvas top from the front top bow.
11. Unsnap the tension straps at the roof rails and
pull
the straps out of the plastic loops.
...
78
12. Unsnap the flaps (near the dome light) that hold the canvas top to the roof support.
13. Slide out the rear corner pieces. 14. Unsnap the canvas from the rear top bow.
15. Remove the canvas top from the vehicle and lay inside-up on a clean, dry, flat surface.
79
...
Features and Controls
16. Pull up and back on the rear top bow struts and swing each strut forward.
17. Clamp the struts to the rear top bow.
~~ ~
18.
Swing down the rear top bow and secure it with the strap at the inside center of your tailgate.
19.
Pull the front top bow forward and lock it in place. b b b teverse the steps to install your canvas op. Be sure:
The front top bow is securely latched.
The rear side window frames are installed all the way into the corners o f the canvas.
The rear side window frames are clamped to the body.
The rear straps on the side window frames are snapped.
The rear top bow struts are secure in their proper place.
'reparing Your Canvas Top for
;torage
.
Lay the canvas top inside-up on a clean, dry, flat surface.
...
80
I
2. Fold the side windows onto the top. Fold the front part of the canvas top over the windows.
Lay the rear window on top of the folded canvas top.
5. Roll the canvas top around the rear window.
6. Store in a clean, dry location.
81
.
...
82
. .;
1
.
Comfort Controls
Part
3
Comfort Controls 8t Audio
Systems
Heater Controls
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 operate the comfort control systems and audio systems
. Be sure to read about the particular system supplied with your vehicle .
Air Conditioner Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Flow-Through Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
I n this part you’ll find out how to
Audiosystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Settingtheclock
AM/FMStereo
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Understanding Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Care of Your Compact Discs
Antenna
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
83
...
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
Comfort Controls
With this system, you can control the heating and ventilation in your Geo. If you have the air conditioning option, you can also control cooling.
Your
vehicle also has the flow-through ventilation system described later in this section.
Heater Controls
Airflow Lever
&J : This position directs the airflow the instrument panel vents. through
+
: This position directs air through the mstrument panel vents and toward the floor.
: This position directs air toward the floor.
Air Intake Lever
s: position to recirculate the inside air through the comfort control system.
B: outside air through the comfort control system.
-9
: This position directs air toward the floor, the windshield and side windows.
9 windshield.
Heating
1. For the quickest results, move the air intake lever to a,.
2. Move the airflow lever to w i
.
3. Move the temperature lever toward the right for warmer air.
4. Move the fan lever toward
.
5. You should switch t o m o n c e in a while to avoid stale
air
and cloudy windows.
Fan Control Lever
Slide the lever away from “OFF’ to turn the heating system on. Move the lever toward
3f to increase the
fan’s
speed.
Temperature Control Lever
Slide the lever to change the temperature of the air flowing from the system. Move it to the right for warmer air and to the left for cooler air. The air temperature can’t be less than the outside air temperature.
Bi-Level
You may want to use bi-level on cool, but sunny days. This setting directs outside air toward your body and warmer air toward your feet.
1. Move the air intake lever to
B.
2. Move the airflow lever to
3. Move the temperature lever to the center.
4. Move the fan lever toward
.
Ventilation
For mild outside temperatures, when little heating or cooling is needed, you can still direct outside air through your vehicle.
1. Move the air intake lever to
.
2. $ : .
3. Adjust the temperature lever to a comfortable setting.
4. Move the fan control lever to # .
Defogging and Defrosting
Windows
1. Slide the air intake lever to -.
2. Slide the airflow lever to to direct air to the windshield vents.
3. Slide the temperature lever toward the right.
4. Slide the fan lever to
# .
When the windshield is clear, turn down the fan speed.
To defog the side windows, slide the airflow lever to
,?A
. For increased airflow to the side vents, close the center vents .
4ir Conditioner Controls
The air conditioning system uses the Sam
:ontrols as the heating system. The unction of each lever is explained under
‘Heater Controls” in this part. The ncoming air is cooled and dehumidified nstead of being heated.
UC: Push this button to change your
:omfort control system from heating to lir conditioning. A light will come on when the air conditioning is on. The
‘A/C” button can also control the wmidity in your vehicle.
Cooling
The air conditioner works best if you keep your windows closed. On very hot days, open the windows just long enough for the hot air to escape.
1. Push the “A/,’, button.
2. Move the air intake lever to-for normal cooling. For faster cooling move the lever to&
3. Move the airflow lever to
.
*>
.
4. Move the temperature control lever toward the left.
5. Move the fan control lever to
# .
Dehumidifying
On days when it is raining or the humidity is high, follow these dehumidifying steps instead of the cooling directions. It will help clean windows that are cloudy with moisture.
1. Push the “A/,” button.
2. Move the air intake lever t o m .
3.
Move the airflow lever to
9.
4. Move the fan control lever toward
3 s .
5. Adjust the temperature control lever to a comfortable setting.
85
...
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
NOTICE:
Don‘t use a razor blade or something else sharp on the inside of the rear window. I f you do, you could cut or damage the warming grid. and the repairs wouldn‘t be covcrcd by your warranty.
?ear Window Defogger
’he rear window defogger uses a varrning grid
.vindow. to remove fog from the rear
’ress the switch t o turn on the defogger.
9n indicator light n,ill come on below the
;witch to remind you that the defogger is m. Press the switch again to turn the jefogger off. The rear window defogger vi11 also turn off if you turn the ignition
;witch to ”ACC” or “LOCK.” l o not attach anything like a temporary xhicle license or a decal across the lefogger grid on the rear window.
Vow- Through Ventilation system
’our Geo‘s flow-through ventilation
,ystem supplies outside air into the whicle when it is moving. Outside air v i l l also enter the vehicle when the heater
)r the ilir conditioning flln is running.
.
. 8 6
Ventilation Tips
0
0
Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow, or any other obstruction
(such as leaves). The heater and defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, move the fan lever t o w a r d s for a few moments before driving off.
This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
0 Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects. This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle.
Audio Systems
Your Delco@ audio system has been designed to operate easily and give years of listening pleasure. But you will get the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint yourself with it first. Find out what your
Delco@ system can do and how to operate all its controls, to be sure you’re getting the most out of the advanced engineering that went into it.
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your vehicle
-
CB radio, mobile telephone or two-way radio
- add what you want. If you can, it’s very important to do it properly.
Added sound equipment may inter- fere with the operation of your vehicle’s engine, Delco8 radio or other systems, and even damage them. And, your vehicle’s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added improperly.
So,
before adding sound equipment, check with your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units.
87
...
Comfort Systems
Setting the Clock
AM/FM Stereo
1, Press and hold "RCL" (TIME SET).
At the same time. press and hold
"TUNE 4'' (HR) until the correct hour appears.
2. Press and hold "RCL" (TIME SET).
At the s a n e time press and hold
"TUNE b" ( M I N ) until the correct minute appears.
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player
1. Press and hold "RCL/PROG" (TIME
SET). At the same time, press and hold "TUNE 4" ( H R ) correct hour appears. until the
2. Press and hold "RCL/PROG" (TIME
SET). At the same time press and hold "TUNE (MIN) until the correct minute appears.
AMlFM Stereo with Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player
1. Press and hold "RCL TA" (TIME
SET). At the same time, press and hold "TUNE 4" (HR) until the correct hour appears.
2. Press and hold "RCL TA'' (TIME
SET).
At the same time press and hold "TUNE b" correct minute appears.
AM/FM Stereo
To Play the Radio
Turn the "ON/VOL" knob to turn the system on or off.
Volume:
Turn the "ON/VOL" knob to adjust the volume.
Finding a Station
Hand:
Press "AM-FM" to get AM or
FM. The lighted display shows your selection.
. . A 8
STEREO
1:o
§
Tune:
Press "TUNE b "or "TUNE 4" to go to a higher or lower station. Press and hold to continue tuning and release when you find your station. The display will show the frequency of each station tuned.
Seek:
Press "SEEK b "or "SEEK 4" and the radio will tune to the next higher or lower station and stay there.
Pushbuttons:
The six pushbuttons let you return to your favorite stations. To set the pushbuttons for up to 12 stations
(6 AM and 6 FM), just:
1. Tune in the station.
2. Press and hold one of the pushbuttons for at least two seconds.
The sound will go away for a second and will return when the station is stored.
Repeat these steps for each pushbutton.
Setting the Tone
Treble:
Turn the “TREB” knob to the right to hear more treble.
Bass:
Turn the “BASS” control behind the “TREB” knob to the right to hear more bass.
Adjusting the Speakers
Fade:
Turn the “FADE’ knob to move the sound between the front and rear speakers.
Balance:
Turn the “BAL” conrrol behind the “FADE’ knob to move the sound between the left and right speakers.
Recall
Press “RCL” to see the station being played for a moment. Or, press it if you want to see the time when the ignition is off.
AM!FM Stereo with Cassette
Tape Player
To Play the Radio
Turn the “ON/VOL” knob to turn the system on or off.
Volume:
Turn the “ON/VOL” knob to adjust the volume.
Finding a Station
Band:
Press “AM-FM” to get AM, FM1 or
FM2.
The lighted display shows your selection.
Tune:
Press and hold “TUNE b’,
“TUNE 4’’ stations. Release when you find your station. The display will show the frequency of each station tuned.
Seek:
Press “SEEK b” and the radio will tune to the next
4’’ higher or lower station and stay there.
89.
. .
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
Pushbuttons:
The six pushbuttons let you return to your favorite stations. To set the pushbuttons for up to
18
stations (6 AM,
6
FM1 and
6
FM2), jus#:
1. Tune in the station.
2. Press and hold one of the pushbuttons for more than two seconds. The sound will go away for a second and will return when the station is stored.
Repeat these steps for each pushbutton.
Preset Scan:
Press the “PRESET SCAN’ button to hear each of your for a few seconds. When you want to stop at a Chosen statioq, press “PRESET
SCAN” again.
Setting the Tone
Treble:
Turn the “TREB” knob to the right to hear more treble.
Bass:
Turn the“BASS” control behind the “TREB” knpb to the right to hear more bass.
Treble and bass cannot be adjusted manually when “TONE SELECT” is on.
Loud:
To increase the bass tone at low volumes, press the “LOUD” button.
Tone Select:
Press
“TONE SELECT”
to choose preset treble and bass equalization settings designed for “ROCK,”
“NEWS,”
”POP,” “JAZZ’ and “CLASSICAL.”
“ROCK” will appear when you first press
“TONE SELECT.” Each time you press it, another setting will appear on the display. Press it after “CLASSICAL” and tone control will be back to the treble and bass knobs.
Adjusting the Speakers
Fade:
Turn the “FADE’ knob to move the sound between the front and rear speakers.
The longer side with the tape visible should face to the right.
If
you hear nothing or hear just a garbled sound, it may not be in squarely. Press “MA” to remove the tape and start over.
Once the tape is playing, use the knobs for volume, fade and balance, just as you do for radio. The lighted arrows show which side of the tape is playing.
Metal Tapes:
Your bias is set automatically. When a metal or chrome tape is inserted, “MTL” will appear on the display.
Balance:
Turn the
“BAL”
control behind the “FADE” knob to move the sound between the
right
and left speakers.
Fast Forward:
Press “FF” to advance rapidly to another part of the tape. Press
“FF,” “RCL/PROG’ or “HA” to return to playing speed.
Recall
Press “RCL” to see the station being
Rewind:
Press “ R E V to reverse the tape rapidly. Press
“ R W , ”
“RCL/PROG” or
” “ to return to playing speed. played for a moment. Or, press it if you want to see the time when the ignition is off.
To Play a Cassette Tape
Next Selection:
Press
“NEXT”
to go forward to the beginning of the next selection. Press
“NEXT”
again or press
“RCLPROG’ or ‘ ’ to cancel this
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
30
to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than that are so thin they may not work well in this player. function.
For “NEXT” to work properly, your tape must have at least three or four seconds of silence between each selection.
...
90
Previous Selection:
Press “PREV” to go back to the beginning of the last selection.
Press “PREV” again or press
“RCL/PROG” or “HA’, to cancel this function.
Program:
Press “RCL/PROG” to switch from one side of the tape to the other.
Your cassette tape player can play continuously because the player has an auto-reverse feature.
Noise Reduction:
Press
00
@to noise from Dolby@ B NR-encoded tapes.
Dolby@ B Noise Reduction manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
“Dolby@” and the
00
@symbol are trademarks of Dol by Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Eject:
Press “HA’, to remove the tape and switch to radio.
Radio Monitor:
Press the “RADIO
MNTR” button to hear the radio when you are fast forwarding or reversing a cassette tape. You can use the “TUNE,“
“SEEK” and “PRESET-SCAN?’ buttons while in the radio monitor mode.
rheft Deterrent Feature
The theft deterrent feature for the AM/FM
;tereo with cassette tape player can be lsed or ignored. If ignored, the system
Aays normally. If it is used, your system won‘t be usable if it’s ever stolen.
Setting Your Security Code
The instructions below tell you how to mter a security code into the system. If qour vehicle loses battery power for any
-eason, you must enter the security code lgain before the system will turn on.
1. Write down any four-digit number and keep it in a safe place.
2. Turn on the ignition switch to the
“ACC” or “ON” position.
3. Turn the audio system off.
4. Press the “1” and “4” buttons together.
Hold them down until
“-
- shows on the display.
You are now ready to enter your security code. Don’t wait more than 15 seconds between steps.
5. Press “4 SEEK b’’
“+
TUNE ,’’ and “0000” will appear on the display.
6. Press “SEEK+” and hold it until the first digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
7. Press “SEEK F” it until the second digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
8. Press “TUNE
+” and hold it until the third digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
9. Press “TUNE F” until the fourth digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
10. Press
“AM-FM”
after you have checked that the code you entered is the one you wrote down. “rEP” will appear in the display, which means you need to repeat steps 5 through 9.
11. Press “AM-FM” again and the displaJ will now show “SEC.”
91
...
Comfort Controls
and
Audio Systems
5. Press the “TUNE
How to Shut
Off
the Theft-Deterrent
Feature
If your radio is secured
(“SEC”
shows on the display) and you wish to disable it, enter your security code as follows, pausing no more than 15 seconds between steps:
1. Press the “1” and “4” buttons together.
Hold them down until “SEC” shows on the display. You are now ready to enter your security code.
2. Press the “SEEKA” button and hold it until the first digit of your code appears.
3. Press the “SEEK b” until the second digit
of
your code appears.
4. Press the “TUNE 4” button and hold it until the third digit of your code appears. appears.
6. Press
“AM-F’”’
after you have checked that the code you entered matches the one you wrote down.
6 4
---- should now appear in the display.
If the code is correct, the radio will now operate. If the code is wrong, “Err” will appear in the display.
To
Unlock the System After a Power
Loss
If power is disrupted to the radio while in the “SEC” mode, the unit will not work and “LOC” will show on the display
To unlock the unit:
1. Press ‘‘4 SEEK F’’ and/or
‘‘4
TUNE
by’ “000.0” will appear on the display.
2. Press the “SEEKd” button and hold it until the first digit of your code appears.
3. Press the “SEEK b” until the second digit of your code appears.
4. Press the “TUNE button and hold it until the third digit of your code appears.
5. Press the “TUNE b” button and hold
, it until the fourth digit of your code appears.
6. Press
“AM-FM”
after you have checked that the code matches the one you wrote down. Now
“SEC”
will appear on the display.
...
92
L
(STOP)
(EJECT)
Seek:
Press “SEEK F” or “SEEK 4’’ and the radio will tune to the next higher or lower station and stay there.
Pushbuttons:
The six pushbuttons let you return to your favorite stations. To set the pushbuttons for up to
18
stations
(6 AM, 6 FM1 and 6 FM2), just:
1. Tune in the station.
2. Press and hold one of the pushbuttons for more than two seconds. The sound will go away for a second and will return when the station
is
stored.
Repeat these steps for each pushbutton.
Preset Scan:
Press the “PSCAN’ button
FM preset stations
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette
Finding a Station
Tape and Compact Disc Player
To Play the Radio
Turn the “ON/VOL” knob to turn the system on or off.
Volume:
Turn the “ON/VOL” knob to adjust the volume.
Band:
Press “AM-FM” to get AM, FMl or
FM2.
The lighted display shows your selection.
%ne:
Press and hold “TUNE F”
“TUNE 4’’ to go to higher or lower stations. Release when you find your station. The display will indicate the frequency of each station tuned. stop at a chosen station, press “PSCAN” again.
Setting the Tone
Treble:
Turn the “TREB” knob to the right to hear more treble.
Bass:
Turn the “BASS” control behind the “TREB” knob to the right to hear more bass.
Treble and bass cannot be adjusted manually whenl“TONE SELECT” is on.
Loud:
To increase the bass tone at low volumes, press the “LOUD” button.
93
...
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
Tone Select:
Press “TONE SELECT” to choose preset treble and bass equalization settings designed for “ROCK,” “NEWS,”
“POP,” “JAZZ” and “CLASSICAL.”
“ROCK” will appear when you first press
“TONE SELECT.” Each time you press it, another setting will appear on the display. Press it after “CLASSICAL” and tone control will be back to the treble and bass knobs.
Adjusting the Speakers
Fade:
Turn the “FADE” knob to move the sound between the front and rear speakers.
Balance:
Turn the “BAL” control behind the “FADE’ knob to move the sound between the right and left speakers.
Recall
Press “RCLVA” to see the station being played for a moment. Or, press it if you want to see the time when the ignition is off.
To Play a Cassette Tape
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are 30 to 45 minutes long on
:ach side. Tapes longer than that are so
:hin they may not work well in this player.
Previous Selection:
Press “PRV” to go lack to the beginning of the selection.
The longer side with the tape visible
?rem “PRV” again or press “RCL VA” or
;hould face to the right. If you hear
‘STOP’ to cancel this function. lothing or hear just a garbled sound, it Por “NXT” and “PRV” to work properly, nay not be in squarely. Press “STOP’ or
‘EJECT” to remove the tape and start mer. seconds of silence between each selection.
Once the tape is playing, use the knobs
For volume, fade and balance, just as you i o for radio. The lighted arrows show which side of the tape is playing.
Repeat:
Press “RPT” to go to the beginning of the selection and play it
3gain. Press “RPT” again to cancel this
Function.
Noise Reduction:
Press
00 to remove noise from Dolby@ B NR-encoded tapes.
Metal Tapes:
Your bias is set automatically. When a metal or chrome tape is inserted, “MTL” will appear on the display.
Fast Forward:
Press “FF” to advance rapidly to another part of the tape. Press
“FF,” “RCLVA” or “STOP’ to return to playing speed.
Rewind:
Press “REW’ to reverse the tape
Dolby@ B Noise Reduction manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
“Dolbya7’ and the
00 symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
“STOP’ to return to playing speed.
Next Selection:
Press “NXT” to go forward to the beginning of the next selection. Press “NXT” again or press
“RCL vA’’ “STOP” to cancel this function.
Radio Monitor:
When playing a tape, press “RDM” during hear the radio. Press “RDM’ again to turn the radio off. During “RDM’ operation, only “TUNE,” “SEEK’ and “PSCAN’ will work.
Tape Sides:
Press “RCL
VA”
to switch from one side of the tape to the other.
...
94
Stop:
Press “STOP” to stop the tape and switch to radio.
Eject:
Press “EJECT” to remove the tape and switch to radio.
To Play
a
Compact Disc
Don’t use the mini-discs
( 3 ”
singles).
They won’t eject. Use full-size compact discs.
Insert your disc into the CD slot on your audio system.
If the disc comes back out, it could be that:
0
0
The disc is upside down.
It is dirty, scratched, or wet.
There is too much moisture in the air.
(If there
is,
wait about one hour and try again.)
If you see “Err” on the display, the disc player is too hot to play the disc. Press
“RCL VA’’ “Err” off the display.
Track Number and Playing Time:
Press
“RCL VA”
Press it again within five seconds to see how long it has been playing.
The track number also appears when the disc is inserted or you change the volume.
Previous Track:
Press “PRV” to hear a track again. If you hold this button, or press it more than once, the disc will return to previous tracks.
Next Track:
Press ”NXT” to hear the next track now (instead of waiting until the present track is finished).
If you hold this button, or press it more than once, the disc will advance further.
Rewind:
Press and hold “REW” to return rapidly to a favorite passage. Release it to play the passage.
Fast Forward:
Press and hold “FF” to advance quickly within a track. Release it to resume playing.
Compression:
Press “COMP’ to make soft and loud passages more nearly equal in volume.
Repeat:
Press “RPT” once to hear a selection over again.
Rasdom:
Pressing “RDM” will cause the
CD player to play the tracks back in random order. To cancel the random feature, press “RDM,” “STOP” or
“RPT.”
Stop:
Press “STOP” to stop playing the disc and switch to radio. Press “STOP” again to restart the disc at the point where it stopped. Press “AM-FM” to cancel CD operation and listen to the radio.
CD-Tape:
Press “CD-TP” to switch between playing a tape and a CD when both are inserted.
Eject:
Press “EJECT” to eject the disc and the radio will play. The disc will start playing at track 1 when you reinsert it.
Special Eject
If you choose, you can eject only the tape or CD when you have both a CD and a tape in your audio system.
CD Only:
To eject only the CD, press
“EJECT” and then press “REW.”
Tape Only:
To eject only the tape, press “EJECT” and then press “PRV.”
95
...
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
Theft Deterrent Feature
The theft deterrent feature for the
AMEM
stereo with cassette tape and compact disc player can be used or ignored. If ignored, your system won’t be usable if it’s ever stolen.
Setting Your Security Code
The instructions below tell you how to enter a security code into the system. If your vehicle loses battery power for any reason, you must enter the security code again before the system will turn on.
1. Write down any four-digit number and keep it in a safe place.
2. Turn on the ignition switch to the
“ACC”
or
“ON’
position.
3. Turn the audio system off.
4. Press the
“1”
and “4” buttons together.
Hold them down until
“-
- on the display. shows
You are now ready to enter your security code. Don’t wait more than 15 seconds between steps.
5. Press “4 SEEK b” and/or
“4
TUNE
b” on the display.
6. Press “SEEKI” and hold it until the first digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
7. Press
“SEEK
b” and hold it until the second digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
8. Press “TUNE 4” and hold it until the third digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
9. Press “TUNE b” fourth digit of your code appears.
Release the button.
1 p.
Press
“AM-FM’
after you have checked that the code you entered is the one you wrote down. “rEP’ will appear in the display, which means you need to repeat steps 5 through
9.
11. Press
“AM-FM”
again and the display will now show
“SEC.”
How to Shut Off the Theft-Deterrent
Feature
If your radio is secured
(“SEC”
shows on the display) and you wish to disable it, enter your security code as follows, pausing no more than 15 seconds between steps:
1. Press the “1” and “4” buttons together.
Hold them down until
“SEC”
shows on the display. You are now ready to enter your security code.
2. Press the “SEEKI” button and hold it until the f i s t digit of your code appears.
3. Press the
“SEEK
b” button and hold it until the second digit of your code appears.
4. Press the “TUNE 4” button and hold it until the third digit of your code appears.
5. Press the
“TUNE
b” button and hold it until the fourth digit of your code appears.
6. Press
“AM-F’”’
after you have checked that the code you entered matches the one you wrote down.
L L
- - - -
” should now appear in the display.
...
96
If the code is correct. the radio will operate. If the code is wrong, “Err” will appear in the display. you wrote down. Now “SEC” will appear on the display.
Understanding Radio Reception
To Unlock the System After a Power
Loss
If power is disrupted to the radio while in the ”SEC” mode, the unit will not work and ”LOC” will show on the display whenever the ignition is on. To unlock the unit:
1. Press “4 SEEK b“ and/or
‘‘4 b” “0000” will appear on the display.
2. Press the “SEEK 4“ button and hold it until the first digit of your code appears.
3. Press the “SEEK b‘* it until the second digit of your code appears.
4. Press the “TUNE 4’‘ it until the third digit of your code appears.
5. Press the “TUNE b” it until the fourth digit of your code appears.
6. Press “AM-FM” after you have checked that the code matches the one
FM Stereo
FM stereo will give you rhe best sound.
But FM signals will reach only about I O to 40 miles ( 16 to 65 ktn). And, tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing the sound to come and go-
A
1LI
The range for most
AM
stations is greater than for FM, especially at night. The longer range, however, can cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
Care of Your Cassette Tape
Player
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes, or a damaged mechanism.
Cassette tapes should be stored i n their cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight. a n d extreme heat. If they aren’t. they may not operate properly or cause failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly each month or after every I5 hours o f use. If you notice a reduction in sound quality. try a k n o w n good cassette lo see i f ‘ the tape or the tape player is at f‘ault. If this other cassette has no improvement in sound quality. clean the tape player.
97 . .
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
Clean your tape player with a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning cassette, and follow the directions provided with it.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time.
Always make sure that the cassette tape is in good condition before you have your tape player serviced.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Handle discs carefully. Store them in thei original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust. 11 the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
InteQna
Jse the knob on the end of the antenna to aise the antenna or to push it back down.
:eep the antenna mast clean for good erformance. dways lower the antenna before entering car wash. If you have the convertible
:moving or installing the top.
...
98
I
Part
4
Your Driving and the Road
I
H e r e
YOU'II find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions . We've also included many other useful tips on driving .
Defensive Driving . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
I
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Driving Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
I
Off-Road Driving w i t h Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
DrivingatNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Driving in the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
I
City Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Freeway Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
125
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
99
1
. . .
Your Driving and the Road
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is: Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your Geo: Buckle up. (See
“Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.” On city streets, rural roads, or freeways, it means “always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might do.
Be ready for their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough following distance. It’s the best defensive driving maneuver, in both city and rural driving.
You never know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake or turn suddenly.
Drunken Driving
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy. It‘s the number one contributor to the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims every year. Alcohol takes away three things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
0
0
Judgment
Muscular Coordination
Vision
Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol
- someone else, such as a pedestrian, had been drinking. In most cases, these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving. About 20,000 motor vehicle-related deaths occur’each year because of alcohol, and thousands of people are injured.
Just how much alcohol is too much i f a person plans to drive‘? Ideally, no one should drink alcohol and then drive. But if one does, then what’s “too much”‘?
It
:an be a lot less than many might think.
Although it depends on each person and situation, here is some general information on the problem.
The Blood Alcohol Content (BAC j of someone who is drinking depends upon four things:
How much alcohol is in the drink.
The drinker’s body weight.
The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking.
The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol.
. .
,100
DRINKING THAT Will
RESULT IN
IN THE
A BAC OF .05%
TIME SHOWN
1 HOURS
’ HOURS
HOUR
According to the American Medical
Association, a 180-pound (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1
-
1/2 ounces (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if the same person drank three double martinis (3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person‘s
BAC would be close t o 0.12 percent. A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a slightly lower
BAC level.
100 120 l a 0 160 160 200
BODY WEIGHT IN POUNDS
220 240
The law in most U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC of 0.10 percent. In Canada the limit is 0.08 percent, and in some other countries it’s lower than that. The
BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three t o six drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen. it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and how quickly the person drinks them.
But it’s very important to keep in mind that the ability to drive is affected well below a RAC of 0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent. Statistics show that the chance of being in an accident increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
0.06 percent (three beers in one hour for a
180-pound or 82 kg person) has doubled his or her chance of having an accident.
At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of that driver having an accident is six times greater; at a level of 0.15 percent, the chances are twenty-five times greater! And, the body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up.
‘‘I’ll be careful” isn’t the right answer.
What if there’s an emergency, a need to take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street? A person with a higher
BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.
101 . m .
Your Driving and the Road
There’s something else about drinking and driving that many people don’t know.
Medical research shows that alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries worse. That’s especially true for brain, spinal cord and heart injuries. That means that if anyone who has been drinking
- driver or passenger - chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if that person had not been drinking. And we’ve already seen that the chance of a crash itself is higher for drinking drivers.
Control
of
a Vehicle
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and the accelerator. All three systems have to do meet the road.
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide. That means you can lose control of your vehicle.
Braking
Braking action involves perception time and reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on the you have to bring
up
your foot and do it.
That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination, and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m). That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road
(whether it’s pavement or gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tire tread; and the condition of your brakes.
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in spurts - acceleration followed by heavy braking
. .
. I O 2
This is a mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops.
Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means better braking and longer brake life.
I f your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But you will use it when you brake.
Once the power assist is used up,
ir
may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehicle has an advanced electronic braking system that can help you keep it under control.
Here‘s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet. You‘re driving safely.
Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with ABS.
A computer senses that the rear wheels are slowing down. I f one of the rear wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will work the brakes at the rear wheels. It is programmed t o make the most of available tire and road conditions.
R
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on rear wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: Anti-lock doesn‘t change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal. I f you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room up ahead to stop. even though you have anti-lock brakes.
To Use Anti-Lock:
Use rear-wheel anti-lock like regular brakes. You may feel the brakes vibrate, or you may notice some noise outside your vehicle, but this is normal. Let anti-lock work for you, but remember:
Your front wheels can still stop rolling. If
1 0 3 . .
Your Driving and the Road that happens, release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again so that you can steer.
With the four-wheel drive option, you won’t have anti-lock braking when you shift into four-wheel drive. But you will have regular braking. When you shift back into two-wheel drive, you will have anti-lock again.
Steering
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but it will take much more effort.
Steering Tips
Braking in Emergencies
At some time, nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking.
You have the rear-wheel anti-lock braking system. Your front wheels can stop rolling when you brake very hard. Once they do, the vehicle can’t respond to your steering.
Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the front wheels stopped rolling. That could be off the road, into the very thing you were trying to avoid, or into traffic.
So, use a “squeeze” braking technique.
This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control. You do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure. When you do, it will help maintain steering control. In many emergencies, steering can help you more than even the very best braking.
Driving on Curves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves.
Here’s why:
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction. If you’ve ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at which the curve is banked, and your speed. While you’re in a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve. Then you suddenly apply the brakes. Both control systems - and braking
- where the tires meet the road. Adding the hard braking can demand too much at those places. You can lose control.
The same thing can happen if you’re steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate. Those two control systems -
- can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control.
What should you do if this ever happens?
Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you want it to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions. Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve, do it before you enter
. .
. l o 4
the curve, while your front wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can
“drive” through the curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then accelerate gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be more effective than braking. For example, you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can avoid these problems by braking
- you can stop in time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room. That’s the time for evasive action
Your Geo can perform very well in emergencies like these. First apply your brakes, but not enough to lock your front wheels. It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or right depending on the space available.
4n emergency like this requires close ittention and a quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand.
But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly.
Iff-Road Recovery
7ou may find sometime that your right
,heels have dropped off the edge of a oad onto the shoulder
(A)
while you’re riving.
f
the level of the shoulder is only slightl: lelow the pavement, recovery should be airly easy. Ease off the accelerator and hen, if there is nothing in the way, steer o that your vehicle straddles the edge of he pavement. You can turn the steering vheel up to 1/4 turn
(B)
until the right ront tire contacts the pavement edge.
?hen turn your steering wheel to go traight down the roadway.
105
...
Your Driving and the Road
Passing
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two-lane highway waits for just the right moment, accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane highway is
a
potentially dangerous move, since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents
So here are some tips for passing:
“Drive ahead.’’ Look down the road, to the sides, and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass, wait for a better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings, and lines. If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection, delay your pass. A broken center line usually
0
0 indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear).
Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line, even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic.
0
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one thing, following too closely reduces your area of vision, especially if you’re following a larger vehicle. Also, you won‘t have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a reasonable distance.
When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up, start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t get too close. Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a “running start” that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back. And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass, you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity.
0
0
0
0
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle. Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot.
Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass. When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal and move back into the right lane.
(Remember that your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is.)
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the next vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly. Even though the brake lights are not flashing, it may be slowing down or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you can ease a little to the right.
. .
. l o 6
loss of Control
Let's review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control system (brakes, steering and acceleration) don't have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency. don't give up. Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger.
Skidding
In a skid. a driver can lose control o f the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions. and by not
"overdriving" those conditions. But skids are always possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your Geo's three control systems. In the braking skid your wheels are.n't rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too much speed or steering i n a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force. And i n the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
I f your vehicle starts t o slide, ease your foot 011' the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way y o u want the vehicle to go.
If you start steering quickly enough. your vehicle m a y straighten out. 41ways be ready for ;I sccond skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow. ice. gravel. or other material is on the road. For safety, you'll want to slow down and adjust your driving t o these conditions. It is important t o slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced traction. try your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, o r braking
(including engine braking by shifting
EO lower gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide. You may not realize the surface is slippery until yout- vehicle is skidding. Learn t o recognize warning clues
~ such a s enough water, ice or packed snow on the road to make
;1
"nlir~-or.ed surf'rlce"
- slow down when you have any doubt.
Remember: The rex-wheel anti-lock braking system (RWAL) helps avoid only a rear braking skid. In a braking skid
(where the front wheels are no longer rolling), release enough pressure o n the brakes t o get the front wheels rolling again. This restores steering control. Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have t o stop suddenly. As long as the
I'ront wheels are rolling, you will have sleering control.
Driving Guidelines
This multipurpose passenger vehicle is defined as a utility vehicle in Consumer
Information Regulations issued by the
National I-lighway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) of the United
States Department of Transportation.
Utility vehicles have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road applications. Specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems. They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds a s conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any no re than low-slunl .'p designed to perform satisfitctorily under off-road conditions. If at all possible, avoid shurp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
107 . . .
Your Driving and the Road
As
with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover.
Off-Road Driving with
Your Geo Four-wheel
Drive Vehicle
This off-road guide is for vehicles that have four-wheel drive.
Also, see “Anti-lock Brakes” in the Index.
If your vehicle doesn’t have four-wheel drive, you shouldn’t drive off-road unless you’re on a level, solid surface.
Off-road driving can be great fun. But it does have some definite hazards. The greatest of these is the terrain itself.
“Off-roading” means you’ve left the great
North American road system behind.
Traffic lanes aren‘t marked. Curves aren’t banked. There are no road signs. Surfwes can be slippery, rough, uphill or downhill.
I n short, you’ve gone right back to nature.
Off-road driving involves some new skills. And that’s why it’s very important that you read this guide. You’ll find many driving tips and suggestions. These will help make your off-road driving safer and more enjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
There are some things to do before you go out. For example, be sure t o have a l l necessary maintenance and service work done. Be sure you read all the information about your four-wheel drive vehicle in this manual. Is there enough fuel? Is the spare tire fully inflated‘? Are the fluid levels up where they should be‘? What are the local laws that apply to off-roacting where you’ll be driving? If you don’t know, you should check with law enforcement people in the area. Will you be on someone’s private land? If so, be sure to get the necessary permission.
Loading
Your
Vehicle for Off-Road
Driving
There are some important things to remember about how to load your vehicle.
The heavies1 things should be on the load floor and forward of your rear axle. Put heavier items a s far forward a s y o u can. e Be sure the load is secured properly, so driving on the off-road terrain doesn’t toss things around.
You’ll find other important information in this manual. See “Vehicle Loading” and
”Tires” i n the Index.
Traveling to Remote Areas
It makes sense to plan your trip, especially when going to a remote area.
Know the terrain and plan your route. You are much less likely to get bad surprises.
Get accurate maps of trails and terrain.
Try to learn of any blocked or closed roads.
It’s also a good idea to travel with at least one other vehicle. If something happens to one of them, the other can help quickly.
Does your vehicle have a winch? If so, be sure to read the winch instructions. In a remote area, a winch can be handy if you get stuck. But you’ll want to know how to use it properly.
With your arms, hands, feet, and body you’ll need to respond to vibrations and vehicle bounce.
Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful off-road driving. One of the best ways to control your vehicle is to control your speed. Here are some things to keep in mind. At higher speeds:
0
0
0 you approach things faster and you have less time to scan the terrain for obstacles. you have less time to react. you have more vehicle bounce when you drive over obstacles.
0 you’ll need more distance for braking, especially since you’re on an unpaved surface.
Getting Familiar with Off-Road
Driving
It’s a good idea to practice in an area that’s safe and close to home before you go into the wilderness. Off-road driving does require some new and different driving skills. Here’s what we mean.
Tune your senses to different kinds of signals. Your eyes, for example, need to constantly sweep the terrain for unexpected obstacles. Your ears need to listen for unusual tire or engine sounds.
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take you over many different kinds of terrain. You need to be familiar with the terrain and its many different features. Here are some things to consider.
Surface Conditions.
Off-roading can take you over hard-packed dirt, gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, snow or ice.
Each of these surfaces affects the steering, acceleration, and braking of your vehicle in different ways. Depending upon the kind of surface you are on, you may experience slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, delayed acceleration, poor traction, and longer braking distances.
Surface Obstacles.
Unseen or hidden obstacles can be hazardous.
A
rock, log, hole, rut, or bump can startle you if you’re not prepared for them. Often these obstacles are hidden by grass, bushes, snow or even the rise and fall of the terrain itself. Here are some things to consider:
0
0
Is
the path ahead clear?
Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead?
109
...
Your Driving and the Road
0
0
Does the travel take you uphill or downhill? (There’s more discussion of these subjects later.)
Will you have to stop suddenly or change direction quickly?
When you drive over obstacles or rough terrain, keep a firm grip on the steering wheel. Ruts, troughs, or other surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if you’re not prepared.
When you drive over bumps, rocks, or other obstacles, your wheels can leave the ground. If this happens, even with one or two wheels, you can’t control the vehicle as well or at all.
Because you will be on an unpaved surface, it’s especially important to avoid sudden acceleration, sudden turns, or sudden braking.
In a way, off-road driving requires a different kind of alertness from driving on paved roads and highways. There are no road signs, posted speed limits or signal lights. You have to use your own good judgment about what is safe and what isn’t.
Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any road. And this is certainly true for off-road driving. At the very time you need special alertness and driving skills, your reflexes, perceptions and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol. You could have a serious
-
- you drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. (See “Drunken
Driving” in the Index.)
Driving On Off-Road Hills
Off-road driving often takes you up, jown, or across a hill. Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and an understanding of what your vehicle can md can’t do. There are some hills that
;imply can’t be driven, no matter how well built the vehicle.
. .
.I10
Approaching a Hill
When you approach a hill, you need to decide if it’s one of those hills that’s just too steep to climb, descend, or cross.
Steepness can be hard to judge. On a very small hill, for example, there may be
a
smooth, constant incline with only a small change in elevation where you can easily see all the way to the top. On a large hill, the incline may get steeper as you near the top, but you may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by bushes, grass, or shrubs.
Here are some other things to consider as you approach a hill.
Is there a constant incline, or does the hill get sharply steeper in places?
Is there good traction on the hillside, or will the surface cause tire slipping?
Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you won’t have to make turning maneuvers?
Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your path (boulders, trees, logs or ruts)?
What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff, an embankment, a drop-off, a fence?
Get out and walk the hill if you don’t
0
Is the hill simply too rough‘? Steep hills often have ruts, gullies, troughs and exposed rocks because they are more susceptible to the effects of erosion.
Driving Uphill
Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill, you need to take some special steps.
0
Use a low gear and get a firm grip on the steering wheel.
Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain your speed. Don’t use more power than you need, because you don’t want your wheels to start spinning or sliding.
Try to drive straight up the hill if at a1 possible. If the path twists and turns, you might want to find another route.
0
0
0
0
Ease up on your speed as you approach the top of the hill.
Attach a flag to the vehicle to tnake you more visible to approaching traffic on trails or hills.
Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to let opposing traffic know you’re there.
Use your headlights even during the day. They make you more visible t o oncoming traffic.
Q:
What should I do if my vehicle stalls, or
is about
to stall, and I can’t make it up the hill?
A: If this happens, there are some things you should do, and there are some things you must not do. First, here’s what you should do:
0
0
0
0
Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle and keep it from rolling backwards. Also, apply the parking brake.
I f your engine is still running, shift the transmission into reverse, release the parking brake, and slowly back down the hill in reverse.
If your engine has stopped running, you’ll need to restart it. With the brake pedal depressed and the parking brake still applied, shift the transmission to
“P” (Park) (or, shift to “N” (Neutral) if your vehicle has a manual transmission) and restart the engine.
Then, shift to reverse, release the parking brake, and slowly back down the hill as straight as possible in reverse.
As you are backing down the hill, put your left hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o’clock position. This way,
111
. . .
Your Driving and the Road you'll be able t o tell if your wheels are stl-aisht and maneuver as you back down. It's best t h u r
~ L I c'lown the hill with your wheeis straight rather than in the left or right direction.
Turning the wheel too f a r to the left o r right w i l l increase the possibility of a rollover.
Here are some things you must not do if you stall, or are about to stall, when going up a hill.
0
Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into "N" (Neutral) (or depressing the clutch. if you have a manual transmission) to "rev-up" the engine and regain forward rnornentum.
This won't work. Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and you could go out of control. Instead. apply the regular brake to stop the vehicle.
Then apply the parking brake. Shift into reverse, release the parking brake, and slowly back straight down.
Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall when going up a hill.
If the hill is steep enough to stall your vehicle, it's steep enough to cause you to roll over if y o u turn around. If you can't make it up the hill, you must back straight down the hill.
0:
I try t o back down the hill and decide I just can't
do it.
What should I do?
A: Set the parking brake, put your transmission in "P'* (Park) (or the manual transmission in first gear). and turn off the engine. Leave the vehicle and go get some help. Ex it on the uphill side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill. Do not shift thc transfer case to "N" (Neutral) when you leave the vehicle. Leave it in some gear.
Driving Downhill
When off-roading takes you downhill,
JOU'II want to consider a number of hings:
D
How steep is the downhill'? Will able to maintain vehicle control'?
I
be
D
What's the surfilce like? Smooth?
Rough'! Slippery'? Hard-packed dirt?
Gravel'?
. .
.112
0
0
Are there hidden surface obstacles?
Ruts? Logs? Boulders?
What’s at the bottom of the hill? Is there a hidden creek bank or even a river bottom with large rocks?
If you decide you can go down a hill safely, then try to keep your vehicle headed straight down, and use a low gear.
This way, engine drag can help your brakes and they won’t have to do all the work. Descend slowly, keeping your vehicle under control at all times.
Q: Are there some things do when driving down
I should not a hill?
Q: Am I likely downhill? to stall when going
A:
Yes! These are important because if you ignore them you could lose control and have a serious accident.
A:
It‘s much more likely to happen going uphill. But if it happens going downhill, here’s what to do.
When driving downhill, avoid turns that take you across the incline of the hill. A hill that’s not too steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across. You could roll over if you don’t drive straight down.
Never go downhill with the transmission in “N” (Neutral), or with the clutch pedal depressed in a manual shift. This is called “free-wheeling.”
Your brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade.
Avoid braking so hard that you lock the front wheels when going downhill.
If your front wheels are locked, you can’t steer your vehicle. If your wheels lock up during downhill braking, you may feel the vehicle starting to slide sideways. To regain your direction, just ease off the brakes and steer to keep the front of the vehicle pointing straight downhill.
0
0
0
0
Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes. Apply the parking brake.
Shift to “P” (Park) (or to Neutral with the manual transmission) and, while still braking, restart the engine.
Shift back to a low gear, release the parking brake, and drive straight down.
If the engine won’t start, get out and get help.
Driving Across an Incline
Sooner or later, an off-road trail will probably go across the incline of a hill. If this happeris, you have to decide whether to try to drive across the incline. Here are some things to consider:
0
A hill that can be driven straight up or down may be too steep to drive across. When you go straight up or down a hill, the length of the wheel base (the distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels) reduces the
113
:. .
Your Driving and the Road
0 likelihood the vehicle will tumble end over end. But when you drive across an incline. the much more narrow track width (the distance between the left and right whecls) may not prevent the vehicle from tilting and rolling over. Also, driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels. This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.
Surfkce conditions can be a problem when you drive across il hill. Loose gravel, muddy spots. or even wet grass can cause your tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways. it can h i t something that will trip i t ( a rock, a rut, etc.) and roll over.
0 Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline even worse. If you drive across a rock with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut o r depression. your vehicle can tilt even more.
For reasons like these, you need to decide carefully whether to try t o drive across an incline. Just because the trail goes across the incline doesn’t mean you have to drive it. The last vehicle t o iry it might have rolled over.
Drivihg across
an
incline
that’s too steep will
make
your
vehicle
roll
over.
You
could be seriously
injured or
killed.
If
you
have
any doubt
about the steepness
of
the incline,
don’t
drive
across
it.
Find
another route instead.
Q:
What if I’m driving across an incline that’s not too steep, but I hit some loose gravel and start to slide downhill. What should I do‘?
A: If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping. However a much better way to prevent this is to get out and “walk the c o m e ” so you know what the surface is like bcforc you drive it.
. .
.I14
Stalling on an Incline
If your vehicle stalls when you’re crossing an incline, be sure you (and your passengers) get out on the uphill side, even if the door there is harder to open. If you get out on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to roll over, you’ll be right in its path.
If you have to walk down the slope, stay out of the path the vehicle will take if it does roll over.
A
CAUTION:
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow
or
Ice
When you drive i n mud, snow or sand, your wheels won't get good traction. You can't accelerate as quickly, turning is more difficult, and you'll need longer braking distances.
It's best to use a low gear when you're i n mud -the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. In really deep mud, the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you don't get stuck.
When you drive on sand, you'll sense a change in wheel traction. But it will depend upon how loosely packed the sand is. On loosely packed sand (as on beaches or sand dunes) your tires will tend to sink into the sand. This has an effect on steering. accelerating, and braking. You may want to reduce the air pressure in your tires slightly when driving on sand.
This will improve traction.
Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction. On these surfaces, it's very easy to lose control. On wet ice, for example, the traction is so poor that you will have difficulty accelerating. .4nd if you do get moving, poor steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide out of control.
Driving in Water
Light rain causes no special off-road driving problems. But heavy rain can mean tlash flooding, and tlood waters demand extreme caution.
Find out how deep the water is before you drive through it. If it's deep enough to cover your wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe, don't try il - get through. Also, water that deep can damage your axle and other vehicle parts.
If the water isn't too deep, then drive through i t slowly. At fast speeds. water splashes on your ignition system and your vehicle can stall. Stalling can also occur if you get your tailpipe under water. ,4nd, as
115
. . .
Your Driving and the Road long as your tailpipe is under water, you'll never be able to start your engine. When you go through water, remember that when your brakes get wet, it may take you longer to stop. exhaust system for damage.
Also,
check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage.
Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to off-road
use.
Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule for additional information.
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody, chassis or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and checked. These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure, steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and
. .
.116
4
Driving at Night
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired
- drugs, with night vision problems, or by fatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drive defensively.
Don't drink and drive.
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlights behind you.
Since you can't see as well, you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles.
0
0
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your headlights can light up only so much road ahead.
In remote areas. watch for animals.
If you're tired, pull off the road in a safe place m d rest.
Night Vision
No one can see 11s well at night a s in the daytime. But as we get older these differences increase. A SO-year-old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing a ( night :is a
20-year-old.
What you do i n the daytime can also affect your night vision. For example. if you spend the day i n bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting t o night.
But if you're driving, don't wear sunglasses at night. They may cut down on glare from headlights. but they also make a lot of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching lights. It c;tn take a second or two, or even several seconds, for your eyes t o readjust to the dark. When you are k e d with severe glare (as from a driver who doesn't lower the high beams. or a vehicle with Inisaimed headlights), slow. down a little. Avoid staring directly into the approaching lights.
Keep your windshield and a l l the glass on your vehicle clean
-
Glare at night is nladc much worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass can build up a f i l m caused by dust. Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would. making the pupils of y o u r eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your hcacilights light up far less of'
LI roadway when you are i n a turn or curve.
Kecp your eycs moving: that way, it's casier to pick out dimly lighted objects.
Just as your headlights should be checked regularly for proper aim. so should your eyes be examined regulurly. Some suffer from night blindness
- drivers inability to see i n dim light
- even aware o f i t .
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet road you can't stop, accelerate or turn as well because your tire-to-road traction isn't as good as on dry roads. And, if your tires don't have much tread left, you'll get even less traction. It's always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to f a l l while you are driving. The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain. the harder it is t o see. Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape. a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals, pavement markings, the edge of the road, and even people walking.
117
. . .
Your Driving and the Road
It’s wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled. Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield, or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts.
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems, too. The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles. But if you can’t, try to slow down before you hit them.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous.
So
much water can build
up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it the pressure in one or more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone poles, or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
0
Turn on your low-beam headlights - not just your parking lights - make you more visible to others.
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following distance. And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle. Allow yourself more
. .
. I 1 8
0 clear room ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray.
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See "Tires" in the Index.)
City Driving
One ofthe biggest problems with city streets is the arnount of trafl'ic o n them.
You'll want t o watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
0
Know the best way to get t o where you are going. Get a city rnap and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just a s you would for a cross-country trip.
Try t o use the freeways that rlrn and crisscross tnost large cities. You'll save time and energy. (See the next section, "Freeway Driving.")
Treat a green light as a warning signal.
A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just before you start to move, check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light.
1 1 9 . .
.
Your
Driving and the Road
Freeway Driving
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways, expressways, turnpikes, or superhighways) are the safest of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.
At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp, you should
1 3egin to check traffic. Try to determine
1 where you expect to blend with the flow.
Try to merge into the gap at close to the
1 prevailing speed. Switch on your turn f signal, check your mirrors and glance t wer your shoulder as often as necessary.
Try to blend smoothly with the traffic
1 flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your
! speed to the posted limit or to the
1 prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay in the
I right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your
1 mirrors. Then use your turn signal.
Just before you leave the lane, glance
I quickly over your shoulder to make sure
I there isn’t another vehicle in your “blind” spot.
I
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move slightly slower at night.
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper lane well in advance.
If
you miss your exit do not, under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to the next exit.
I’he exit ramp can be curved, sometimes p i t e sharply. The exit speed is usually
3osted. Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not to your sense of motion, After driving for any distance at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are.
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Make sure you’re ready. Try to be well rested, If you must start when you’re not
Fresh
-
- don’t plan to make too many miles that
Fist part of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in.
[s your vehicle ready for a long trip? If you keep it serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needs service, have it done before starting out. Of course, you’ll find experienced and able service experts in Geo dealerships all across
North America. They’ll be ready and willing to help if you need it.
Here are some things you can check before a trip:
Windshield Washer Fluid:
Is the reservoir full? Are all windows clean inside and outside?
. .
.I20
Wiper Blades:
Are they in good shape?
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids:
Have you checked all levels?
Lights:
Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
Tires:
They are vitally important to a safe, trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure?
0
0
Weather Forecasts:
What’s the weather outlook along your route?
Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system?
Maps:
Do you have up-to-date maps?
Highway Hypnosis
Is there actually such a condition as
“highway hypnosis”? Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call it highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery, along with the hum of the tires on the road, the drone of the engine, and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t let it happen to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second, and you could crash and be injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be aware that it can happen.
Then here are some tips:
0
Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a comfortably cool interior.
0
0
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to the sides. Check your mirrors and your instruments frequently.
If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service, or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise, or both.
For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency.
Hill and Mountain
Roads
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain. If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re planning to visit there, here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable.
(See “Off-Road Driving” in the Index for information about driving off-road.)
Keep your vehicle in good shape.
Check all fluid levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and transmission. These parts can work hard on mountain roads.
I L I
. . .
Your Driving and the Road
0
Know how to go down hills. The mosl t 0 important thing to know is this: let your engine do some of the slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill.
1
0
If you don’t shift
down,
your brakes could get
so
hot that they wouldn’t work well.
You
would then have poor braking
or
even none going down a hill. You
could
crash. Shift
down to
let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope.
A
CAUTION:
Coasting
downhill in
or
with the ignition
off
is dangerous.
Your brakes
will
have
to
do all the work
of
slowing down.
They
could get
so
hot that they
wouldn’t
work well. You could crash. Always have your engine running
and your vehicle
in
gear
when you
go downhill.
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down to a lower gear.
The lower gears help cool your engine and transmission. and you can climb the hill better.
0
0 on two-lane roads i n hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut the road. Drive at speeds that let y o u stay in your own lane.
As you go over the top of a h i l l . be alert. There could be something in your lane. like a stalled car or an accident.
You n ~ a y on mountains that warn of special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or no-passing zones, a falling rocks area, or winding roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Here are some tips for winter driving:
Have your Geo in good shape for winter. Be sure your engine coolant mix is correct.
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle.
. .
.122
Include an ice scraper7 a small brush or broom. a supply of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth, and a couple of reflective warning triangles.
And, i f you will be driving under severe conditions, include
:I small bag of sand,
;I piece o f old carpet o r a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction. Be sure yo11 properl}, secure these i t e m i n your vehicle.
Driving
on Snow
or
Ice
Most o f the time. those placcs where your tires meet the road probably have good traction.
Howe\w-. it’ thcrc is snow or ice between y o u r tires antl the r o a d , you can Iwve
;I very slippery situation. You‘ll have
;t l o t less traction or “grip“ and will need to be very careful.
What‘s the worst time for this’? “Wet ice.”
Very cold snow o r ice can be slick a n d hurd t o drive on. Rut wet ice can be even more trouble because i t nlay offer the least traction o f a l l . You can get ”wet ice” when it’s about freezing (32°F; 0°C) and freezing rain begins to f a l l . Try to avoid hiving on wet ice until salt and sand
:rews can get there.
Whatever the condition
- packed. blowing or loose snow
- with caution.
Accelerate gently. Try not to break the fragile traction. If y o u accelerate too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your ability t o make a hard stop on a slippery road. Even though you have a n anti-lock braking system. you’ll want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement. See “Anti-lock” i n the Index.
0 Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.
0 Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine until you h i t
H spot that’s covered with ice. On an otherwise clear road. ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around clumps of trees. behind buildings, or under bridges.
Sometimes the surftlce o f a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear.
If
y o u see a patch o f ice ahead of you, brake before you are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on the ice, and avoid sudden steerins maneuvers.
123
. . .
Your Driving and the Road
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a serious situation. You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow. Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe:
Turn on your hazard flashers. Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve been stopped by the snow. Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you. If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor mats
-
can
wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
You can
run
the engine to keep warm, but be careful.
. .
,124
Run your engine only as long as
you
must. This saves fuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little faster than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly.
This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to restart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on with your headlights. Let the heater run for awhile.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the fuel as long
3s you can. To help keep warm, you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes.
Towing a Trailer
NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperly can dam- age your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty,
To pull a trailer correctly, follow the advice in this section, and see your
Geo dealer for important information about towing a trailer with your vehicle.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle,
you
should read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this section. But trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.
That’s the reason for this section. In it are many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transmission, wheel assemblies, and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight. The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing the pulling requirements.
If You Do Decide to Pull
a
Trailer
If you do, here are some important points.
There are many different laws having to do with trailering. Make sure your rig will be legal, not only where you live but also where you’ll be driving.
A
good source for this information can be state or provincial police.
Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls.
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles (800 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine, axle or other parts could be damaged.
Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and don’t make starts at
full
throttle. This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.
125
...
Your
Driving and the Road
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than 1,000 pounds (450 kg), But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. And, it can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice, or you can write us at:
Customer Assistance Department
Chevrolet/Geo
P.O.
Box
7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908
Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
A B
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load
(A)
of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle. The gross vehicle weight (GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in the
Index for more information about your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
If you’re using a “dead-weight” hitch, the trailer tongue
(A)
should weigh 10% of the total loaded trailer weight (B). If you have a “weight-distributing” hitch, the
. .
,126
:railer tongue
(A)
should weigh 12% of
;he total loaded trailer weight
(B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they uen’t, you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the limit for cold tires. You’ll find these numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge of the driver’s door or see “Tire
Loading” in the Index. Then be sure you don’t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle.
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few
Here are some rules to follow:
0
If you use a step bumper hitch, and your trailer tongue has a V-shaped foot, your bumper could be damaged in sharp turns. Check the distance from the front edge of the foot to the middle of the hitch ball socket. If the
0 distance is less than 12 inches, take the foot off the trailer tongue.
Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure t o seal the holes later when you remove the hitch. If you don't seal them, deadly carbon monoxide
(CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle (see "Carbon Monoxide" in the Index). Dirt and water can, too.
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with pour rig. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000 pounds (450 kg) loaded, then it needs its own brakes -and they must be adequate.
Be sure t o read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, ad-just and maintain them properly.
Don't tap into your vehicle's brake system if the trailer's brake system will use more than 0.02 cubic inch
(0.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle's master cylinder. If it does. both systems won't work well. You could even lose your brakes.
Will the trailer brake parts take 3,000 psi (20 650 kPa) of pressure? If not, the trailer brake system must not be used with your vehicle. mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform. safety chains, electrical contwxtor. lights, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working. This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure. and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working.
If everything checks out this far. then make the brake fluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends fluid to the rear brakes. But don't use copper tubing for this. If you do, it will bend and finally break off. Use steel brake tubing.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as y o u would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you'll want to get to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And always keep in
Passing
You'll need more passing distance u p ahead when you're towing a tnliler. And. because you're
B good deal longer, you'll need to go much farther beyond the
127
. . .
Your Driving and the Road passed vehicle before vou can return to your lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand to the left.
To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
Making Turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly hooked up, the trailer lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn, change lanes or stop.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph
(70
km/h) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
If you are towing a trailer and you have a manual transmission with fifth gear, you may prefer not
to
use fifth gear. Just drive in fourth gear (or, as you need to,
.a lower gear).
Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig could
.
.-’
.
1 28 start to move. People can be injured, and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s how to do it:
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into “F’” (Park) yet, or into gear for a manual transmission.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then shift to ‘T” (Park), or for a manual transmission.
5. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear - “N” (Neutral).
6. Release the regular brakes.
When You Are Ready to Leave after
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you:
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear; and
0
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake
pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
I
I
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you're pulling a trailer. See the
Maintenance Schedule for more on this. rhings that are especially important in
:railer operation are automatic
.ransmission lluid (don't overfill), engine oil? axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake adjustment. Each of these is covered in this manual, and the Index will help you find them quickly. If you're trailering, it's a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Recreational Vehicle
To wing
There may be times when you want to
:ow your Geo behind another vehicle f o r
Jse at your destination. Be sure to use the proper towing equipment designed for
-ecreational towing. Follow the
Instructions for the towing equipment.
rowing Your Geo from the Rear
rhe best way to tow your Geo is from the
-ear. Follow these steps:
1. Put the rear wheels on a dolly.
I
NOTICE:
Do not tow your Geo with the rear I wheels i n contact with the ground. or the transmission could be damaged.
129.
. .
1
Your Driving and the Road
2. Set the parking brake.
3. I f your Geo is a four-wheel-drive vehicle, set your manual freewheeling hubs to ”FREE” or unlock your automatic I‘reewheeling hubs. See
“Four-wheel Drive” i n the Index.
4. Turn the ignilion key to ”ACC’‘ to unlock the steering wheel.
5. Clamp the steering wheel i n a straight-ahead position, with a clamping device designed for towing.
6.
Release the parking brake.
I
NOTICE:
I Make sure that the towing speed does not exceed 55 mph (90 km/h), or your Geo could be badly damaged.
~~
Towing Your Geo from the Front
NOTICE:
If your vehicle has automatic free- wheeling hubs o r two-wheel drive, do not tow it on all four wheels. If you do, your transmission could be damaged.
3. Shift your automatic transmission into
“ P ”
(Park), or your manual transmission into “2” (Second).
4. Shift the transfer case
(Neutral). to “N”
5. Set the hubs to “FREE.” See
“Four-wheel Drive” in the Index.
6.
Reledse the parking brake,
Stop towing every 200 miles (300 km) and start the engine. Leave the transfer case shift lever in ”N” (Neutral). Shift your automatic transmission to “D”
(Drive); leave a manual transmission in
“2” (Second) and release the clutch. Run the engine a t medium speed for one minute to circulate the oil in the transfer case. Turn the ignition key to “ACC.”
Now, you can continue towing your Geo.
If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle with manual freewheeling hubs, i t can be towed from the front with a l l four wheels on the ground. Follow these steps:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” t o unlock the steering wheel.
I NOTICE:
Make sure the towing speed does not I exceed SO mph (80 km/h), or your
Geo could be badly damaged.
I
. .
.130
I t /A\ Part
D
5
Problems on the Road
I
H e r e you'll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers
JumpStarting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Towing Yourvehicle
Engine Overheating
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I46
If You're Stuck: I n Sand, Mud, Ice o r Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IS3
131
. . .
j
Problems on the Road
Hazard Warning
Flashers
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They also let police know you have a problem. Your front and rear turn signal lights will tlash on and off.
Press the button in to make your front and rear turn signal lights flash on and off.
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in, and even if the key isn't in.
To turn off the flashers, push the switch again.
When the hazard warning flashers are on, your turn signals won't work.
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at the side of the road about
300 feet (100 m> behind your vehicle.
. .
. I 3 2
I
Jump Starting
If your battery has run down, you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your Geo. But please follow the steps below to do it safely.
NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by your war- ranty.
Trying to start your Geo by pushing or pulling it could damage your vehicle, even if you have a manual transmission. And if you have an automatic transmission, it won’t start that way.
To Jump Start Your Geo:
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system.
NOTICE:
If
the other system isn’t a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching each other. If they are, it could cause a ground connection you don’t want.
You wouldn’t be able to start your
Geo, and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems.
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles.
Turn off all lights that aren’t needed, and radios. This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries. And it could
I save your radio!
NOTICE:
If you leave your radio on, it could be
I
I badly damaged. The repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
I
133
...
Problems
on
the Road
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on each.
. .
.134
1 5. Check that the jumper cables don’t have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock. The vehicles could be damaged, too.
6. Positive (+) goes to positive (+) and negative (-) goes to negative (-) or a metal engine part. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
7. Don't let the other end touch metal.
Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
8. Now connect the black negative (-) cable to the good battery's negative (-) terminal. Don't let the other end touch anything until the next step.
9.
'The other end o f the negative cable doesn't go to the dead battery. It goes t o a heavy, unpainted metal part on the engine of the vehicle with the dead battery. Attach the cable at least
18 inches (45 cm) away from the tiead battery. but not near engine parts that move. The electrical connection is j u s t as good there. but the chance o f sparks getting back to the battery is much less.
10. N o w start the vehicle with the good bartcry
~ l n d the engine for a while.
11. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. I f i t won't start after a few tries. it probably needs service.
1 3 5 . .
Problems on the Road h
I B
2. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent electrical shorting. Take care that they don't touch each other or any other metal.
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery
C
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealer or a professional towing service tow your Geo. The usual towing equipment is a sling-type ( A ) or a wheel-lift (B) or car carrier (C) tow truck.
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it was factory-new by adding aftermarket items like fog lamps, aero skirting, or special tires and wheels, these instructions and illustrations may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
A dolly must be used when towing from the front.
0 e The make, model, and year of your vehicle. e
That your vehicle has rear-wheel drive, or that is has the four-wheel-drive option.
Whether you can still move the shift levers for the transmission and transfer case, if you have one.
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator know that this manual contains detailed towing instructions and illustrations. The operator may want to see them.
.
. I 3 6
G
A
CAUTION:
To help avoid
injury
to you or
others:
0 i.
0
Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is being towed.
Never
tow
faster than safe or
posted
speeds.
Never tow with damaged parts not fully secured.
0
0
0
Never get under your vehicle after
it
has been lifted by the
tow
truck.
Always use seperate safety chains
on
each side when towing a vehicle.
Never use
T-hooks.
Use
“J”
hooks instead.
When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition key off. The steering wheel should be clamped in a straight-ahead position, with a clamping device designed for towing service. Do not use the vehicle’s steering column
lock
for this.
The transmi.ssion and transfer case, if you have one, should be in “Neutral” and the parking brake released.
Don’t have your vehicle towed with the rear wheels in contact with the ground. If a vehicle must be towed from the front with sling-type or wheel lift equipment, the rear wheels must be supported on a dolly.
If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, don’t have it towed on the front wheels unless you must. I f a vehicle with four-wheel drive must be towed on the front wheels, set your tnanual, freewheeling hubs to “FREE” or unlock your automatic freewheeling hubs, and set your transfer case to two-wheel drive. I f your vehicle must be towed on the front wheels, don‘t go more than 55 rnph (90 km/h).
1 3 1
. . .
Problems on the Road
I/ /
i’ront Towing Hook-ZJps
ittach “J” hooks to the rear of lower
:onlrol arms inboard of springs.
I
Position 4x4 wood beam across sling
:hains and against lower control arm fron machment brackets. Position the lower
<ling crossbar i n front and against 4x4 wood beam.
I
NOTICE:
I Dollies are required under the rear wheels or damage will occur.
Attach a separate safety chain around outboard end of each lower control arm.
. .
. I 3 8
Rear Towing
Hook-Ups
Attach “J” hooks around axle tube.
I NOTICE:
I Take care not to darnage pipes on the axle tubes. the brake
Position the sling crossbar under a n d forward of the rear bumper.
Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end of each side of the rear axle.
139
. . .
Problems on the Road
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your Geo instrument panel.
NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant, your vehicle can be badly damaged.
The costly repairs would not be cov- ered by your warranty.
If Steam Is Coming from Your Engine:
If No Steam Is Coming from Your
Engine:
If you get the overheat warning but see or hear no steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you:
0
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
0
Stop after high speed driving.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam, try this for a minute or so:
1. If you have an air conditioner, turn it off.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to “N”
(Neutral).
. .
.140
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can drive. Just to be safe, drive slower for about ten minutes. If the warning doesn’t come back on,
you
can drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle the engine for two or three minutes while you’re parked, to see if the warning stops. But then, if you still have the warning, TURN OFF THE ENGINE
AND GET EVERYONE OUT OF THE
VEHICLE until it cools down.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away.
2ooling System
Vhen you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, lere’s what you’ll see on the 8-valve mgine:
I . Coolant Recovery Tank
!.
Radiator Pressure Cap
1. Electric Engine Fan lere’s what you’ll see on the 16-valve
:ngine:
I . Coolant Recovery Tank
!. Radiator Pressure Cap
I. Electric Engine Fan
1 4 1
. . .
Problems on the Road
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling, don’t do anything else until it cools down.
The coolant level should be at or above
“FULL.” If it isn’t, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses, heater hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system.
I
NOTICE:
I Engine damage from running your engine without coolant isn’t covered by your warranty.
[f there seems to be no leak, check to if the electric engine fan is running.
If
the mgine is overheating, the fan should be running. If it isn’t, your vehicle needs service.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Recovery
Tank
[f you haven’t found a problem yet, but
:he coolant level isn’t at or above the
“FULL” mark, add a 50/50 mixture of
:lean water (preferably distilled) and a xoper antifreeze at the coolant recovery
:a&. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for more information about the proper
:oolant mix.)
. .
.I42
~~ ~~~
NOTICE:
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and other parts. Use the recom- mended coolant.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at or above the "FULL" mark. start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there's ope more thing you can try. You can add the proper coolant m i x directly to the radiator, but be sure the coolink . is cool before you do it.
A
CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly. They are under pres- sure, and
if
you turn the radiator pressure cap - - they can come out at high speed. Never turn the cap when the
cooling system,
including the radiator pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure
cap
to cool
if you
ever have to turn the pressure cap.
I
1 4 3 . .
Problems on the Road
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
1. You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system, including the radiator pressure cap an( upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly to the left until it first stops. (Don’t press down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop
A hiss means there is still some pressure left.
2.
Then keep turning the pressure cap, but now push down a s you turn it.
Remove the pressure cap.
3. Fill the radiator with the proper
mix,
up to the base of the filler neck.
. .
.I44
4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the "FULL" murk.
Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but leave the radiator pressure cap off.
6.
0
Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the engine fan.
By this time, the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be lower.
If the level is lower, add more of the proper m i x through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck.
145
. . .
Problems on the Road
7, Then replace the pressure cap. At any time during this procedure, if coolant begins to flow out of the filler neck, reinstall the pressure cap. Be sure the arrows on the pressure cap line up like this.
If
a Tire Goes Flat
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving, especially if you maintain your tires properly. I f air goes out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly. But if you should ever have a
“blowout.” here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire Fails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Tdke your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you’d use in a skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It rnay be very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. fently brake to a stop, well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes tlat, the next section shows how to use your jacking equipment to
:hange a tlat tire safely.
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes tlat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard warning flashers.
.
.I46
. . .
.v ,
A
CAUTION:
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over you or other people. You and they could be badly injured. Find a level place to change your tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic transmission shift lever in T“ (Park), or shift a manual transmission to
“
(First) or “R” (Reverse).
3.
If
you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear not in
“ N ’ (Neutral).
4.
Turn
off the engine.
To be even more certain the vehicle won’t move, you can put chocks
at
the front and rear of the tire farthest away
from
the one being changed. That would be the tire on the other side of the vehicle, at the opposite end.
The following steps will tell you how to
.rse the jack and change a tire.
The equipment you’ll need is under the ront seats. rhejack and wheel wrench are under the passenger’s seat.
147
. . .
Problems on the Road
The jack handle is under the driver’s seat. ;tart with Ihe jack (A), jack handle ( R )
.nd wheel wrench (C).
Attach the
jack
handle to the jack. Turn the jack handle to the right to raise the lift head.
. .
.148
The spare tire is mounted on your tailgate
Pull the cover off of the spare tire.
.nsert your key into the wheel lock on the
;pare tire and pull the wheel lock off.
Remove wheel nuts with the wheel wrench.
Remove the spare tire from the mounting bracket and place it near your flat tire.
Attach the jack handle to the jack bolt.
Turn the jack handle clockwise (to the right). That will raise the lift head a little.
149
...
Problems on the Road
Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts. Don't rerrlove them yet. ut
1der the vehicle near each wheel. there art bosses in the vehicle's rocker tlange.
PC Isition the jack and raise the jack lift he ad until it fits firmly onto the bosses ne arest the tlat tire.
Getting under a vehicle when it
is
jacked up
is
dangerous.
If
the vehicle slips
off
the jack, you could
be
badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicIe when it is supported only
by
a jack.
. .
,150
NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned will damage the vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack. Be sure to fit the jack lift head inlo the proper location before raising your vehicle.
Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enqugh off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to fit.
Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.
Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces and spare wheel.
Place the spare on the wheel mounting surface.
151
...
Problems
on
the Road
Replace the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel. Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub.
. .
.I52
Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise. Lower the jack zompletel y.
3ghten the wheel nuts firmly in a
:riss-cross sequence as shown.
1. Front Passenger Seat
2. Jack
3. Clamp
4. Wrench
5. Jack Handle
6. Driver Seat
Replace the jack, jack handle, flat tire, and wheel wrench.
If You’re Stuck: In
Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is to spin your wheels.
The method known as “rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, but you must use caution.
153
...
Problems on the Road
NOTICE:
Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your transmission back and forth, you can destroy your trans- mission.
Rocking your vehicle to get it out:
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back and forth between “R” (Reverse) and a forward gear (or with a manual transmission, between First or Second gear and
Reverse), spinning the wheels as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal while you shift, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. If that doesn’t get you out after a few tries, you may need to be towed out.
Or, you can use your recovery hooks, if your vehicle has them. If you do need to be towed out, see “Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.
Using the Recovery Hooks
If you ever get stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, your Tracker is equipped with recovery hooks. The recovery hooks are provided at the front and rear of your vehicle. You may need to use them if you’re stuck off-road and need to be pulled to some place where you can continue driving.
NOTICE:
Never use the recovery hooks to tow the vehicle. Your Tracker could be darnaged and it would not be covered by warranty.
. . I154
H e r e you will find information about the care of your Geo . This part begins with service and fuel information. and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricant levels . There is also technical information about your vehicle. and a section devoted to its appearance care .
Service & Appearance Care
Service
Fuel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Things under the Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HoodRelease
Engineoil
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Manual Transmission Fluid
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch Adjustment
RearAxle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
156
156
159
159
162
165
167
168
169
169
Four-WheelDrive
Enginecoolant
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Washer Fluid
Brake Master Cylinder
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
170
173
174
174
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
176
177
Add-on Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
ReplacementBulbs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
181
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Appearancecare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appearance Care Materials Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Service Parts Identification Label
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
189
195
196
196
196
196
199
200
155
...
Service
and Appearance Care xoper service manual, see “Service
Publications” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date
Df
any service work you perform. See
“Maintenance Record” in the Index.
I
Service
lour Geo dealer
knows
your vehicle best nd wants you to be happy with it. We lope you’ll go to your dealer for all your ervice needs. You’ll get genuine GM
‘arts and GM-trained and supported xvice people. i’e hope you’ll want to keep your GM ehicle all GM. Genuine GM parts have ne of these marks.
loing Your
Own
Service Work
F
YOU want to do some of your own ervice work, you’ll want to get the lroper Geo Service Manual. It tells you mch more about how to service your
;eo than this manual can. order the
NOTICE:
If you try to do your own service work without knowing enough about it, your vehicle could be damaged.
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at
87 octane
or higher. It should meet specifications ASTM D4814 in the
U.S.
and
CGSB 3.5-92
in Canada. These fuels should have the proper additives, so
you
should not have to add anything to the fuel.
In the
U.S.
and Canada, it’s easy to be sure you get the right kind of gasoline
(unleaded). You’ll see “UNLEADED” right on the pump. And only unleaded nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck.
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87.
If
the octane is less than
87,
you may get a heavy knocking noise when you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at
87
octane or higher and you still hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service. But don’t
. .
.I56
worry if you hear a little pinging noise when you’re accelerating or driving up a hill. That’s normal and you don’t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means you have a problem.
What about gasoline with blending materials that contain oxygen
(oxygenates), such as MTBE or alcohol?
MTBE is “methyl tertiary-butyl ether.”
Fuel that is no more than 15% MTBE is fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol is ethyl or grain alcohol.
Properly-blended fuel that is no more than 10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
Methanol is methyl or wood alcohol.
NOTICE:
Fuel that is more than S% methanol is bad for your vehicle. Don’t use it.
It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t be covered under your warranty. And even at 5% or less, there must be
“cosolvents” and corrosion prevent- ers in this fuel to help avoid these problems.
Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Your use of gasoline with deposit control additives will help prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel system.
That helps keep your engine in tune and your emission control system working properly. It’s good for your vehicle, and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.
Many gasolines are now blended with oxygenates. General Motors recommends that you use gasolines with these blending materials, such as MTBE and ethanol. By doing so, you can help clean the air, especially in those parts of the country that have high carbon monoxide levels.
In addition, some gasoline suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines.
These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. General Motors recommends that you use reformulated gasoline. By doing so, you can help clean the air, especially in those parts of the country that have high ozone levels.
You should ask your service station operators if their gasolines contain deposit control additives and oxygenates, and if they have been reformulated to reduce vehicle emissions.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
U.S.
or Canada, unleaded fuel may be hard to find. Do not use leaded gasoline. If you use even one tankful, your emission controls won’t work well or at all. With continuous use, spark plugs can get fouled, the exhaust system can corrode, and your engine oil can deteriorate quickly. Your vehicle’s oxygen sensor will be damaged. All of that means costly repairs that wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following address for advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution
Corporation
North American Export Sales (NAES)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L l H 8P7
1 5 7 . .
Service and Appearance Care
I’o take off the cap, turn it slowly to the left (counterclockwise).
NOTICE:
If
you need a new cap, be sure to get the right type. Your dealer
can
get
one
for you.
If
you get the wrong type, it
may
not fit or have proper venting, and your fuel tank and emissions system might be damaged.
Filling
Your
Tank
The
cap is
behind a hinged door on the right side of your vehicle.
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the Outside of
Your Geo” in the Index.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right until you hear at least three
:licks.
. .
.158
Checking Things under the Hood
Hood Release
To open the hood, first pull the release nandle inside the glove box. rhen go to the front of the vehicle, push lown lightly on the hood, and push the lood release lever to your left.
I
.ift the hood, release the hood prop from
:s retainer and put the hood prop into the lot in the hood.
1 5 9 . .
Service and Appearance Care
When you open the hood, you’ll see on the 8-valve engine:
1. Battery
2. Automatic Transmission Dipstick
(if equipped)
3. Oil Fill Cap
4. Brake Fluid Reservoir
5. Air Cleaner
6. Engine Coolant Reservoir
7. Power Steering Reservoir
8. Radiator Pressure Cap
9. Electric Engine Fan
IO. Engine Oi I Dipstick
11. Windshield Washer Rescrvoir
12. Main Fuse Box
. .
.160
6% CAUTION:
Things that burn
can get
on hot engine parts and start a fire. These include liquids like gasoline, oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and other fluids, and pXastic
OT
rubber.
You or others
could
be burned. Be
careful
not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine.
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on.
When you open the hood, you’ll see on the 16-valve engine:
1. Battery
2. Automatic Transmission Dipstick
(if equipped)
3. Oil Fill Cap
4. Brake Fluid Reservoir
5. Air Cleaner
6. Engine Coolant Reservoir
7. Power Steering Reservoir
8. Radiator Pressure Cap
9. Electric Engine Fan
IO. Engine Oil Dipstick
11. Windshield Washer Reservoir
12. Main Fuse
Box
A
CAUTION:
Things that
b m
hot engiae parts and start a fxe. These include liquids like gasoline, oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and other fluids, and plastic or rubber.
You
or others
could
be
burned. Be careful not
to
drop or spill things that will bum onto a
hot
engine.
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on.
161
...
Service and Appearance Care rhen lift the hood to relieve pressure on he hood prop. Remove the hood prop rom the slot in the hood and return the
Jrop to its retainer. Then just let the hood
[own and close it firmly.
Engine Oil
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil level every time you get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
Turn off the engine and give the oil a few minutes to drain back into the oil pan. If you don’t, the oil dipstick might not show the actual level.
To Check Engine Oil
Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip lower.
.
.162
When to Add
Oil:
If the oil is at or below the you’ll need to
X-Valve Engine
ADD
mark, add some oil. But you must use the right kind. This section explains what kind of oil to use. For crankcase capacity, see “Capacities and
Specifications” in the Index.
IO-Valve Engine
Just fill i t enough to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range.
Push the dipstick all the way back in when you‘re through.
NOTICE:
D o n l add too tnuch oil. If your engine has so much oil that the o i l level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range, your engine could be damaged.
What Kind of Oil to Use
Beginning midyear 1993, oils of the proper quality for your vehicle will be identified with this new “starburst” symbol. The “starburst” symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the
American Petroleum Institute
(API),
and is preferred for use in your gasoline engine.
You should look for this on the front
& o of oils that display this new symbol.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your vehicle, as shown in the following chart:
163
...
Service and Appearance Care
Recommended SAE Viscosity
Grade Engine Oils
For best fuel economy and cold starting, select the
lowest
SAE viscosity grade oil
for
the expected temperature range.
HOT
WEATHER
-80 - 2 7
SAE
5W-30
PREFERRED
\
COLD
WEATHER
IF NEITHER SAE
GRADE
5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30
OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 30 GRADE
MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURES ABOVE
40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).
DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SAE 2OW-50 OR
ANY OTHER GRAOE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED.
As shown in the chart, SAE SW-30 is best for your vehicle. However, you can use
SAE
IOW-30 if it’s going to be 0°F
(-1
8°C)
or above. These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils, such as SAE IOW-40 or SAE 2OW-SO.
If you cannot find oils with the new
“starburst” symbol on the front of the container, you should look for and use oils containing the following three things:
Ski or SG
“SH” or “SG” must be on the oil container, either by itself or combined with other quality designations, such as “SHKD,” “SH,SG,CD,” “SGKD,” etc. These letters show American
Petroleum Institute (API) levels of quality.
SAE SW-30
Energy Conserving I1
Oils with these words o n the container will help you save fuel.
These three things are usually included in
1 doughnut shaped logo (symbol) on most
Zontainers. If you cannot find oils with the
“starburst” symbol, you should
look
for lils with the doughnut shaped symbol,
;.ontaining the three things noted above.
NOTICE:
If you use oils that do not have either the “starburst” symbol or an API SH or SG designation, you can cause engine damage not covered by your warranty.
3 M Goodwrench” oil (in Canada, GM
Engine Oil) meets all the requirements
[or your vehicle.
. .
.164
Engine Oil Additives
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your Geo dealer is ready to advise if you think something should be added.
When to Change Engine Oil
See if any one of these is true for you:
Most trips are less than 4 miles (6 km).
It’s below freezing outside and most trips are less than 10 miles ( 1 6 km).
The engine is at low speed most of the time (as in door-to-door delivery, or stop-and-go traffic).
You tow a trailer often.
Most trips are through dusty places.
The vehicle is frequently operated off-road.
If any one of these is true for your vehicle, then you need to change your and filter every 3,000 miles ( 5 000 km) or
3 months
-
I f none of them is true, change oil and filter every 7,500 miles ( 1 2 500 k m ) or
7.5 months
-
Engine Coolant Heater (Engine Block
Heater)
An engine coolant heater can be a big help if you have to park outside in very cold weather, 0 ° F (-I 8°C) or colder. If your vehicle has this option, see “Engine
Coolant Heater” i n the Index.
What to Do with Used Oil
Did you know that used engine oil contains elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-tlowing oil from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever dispose of oil by putting it i n the trash, pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead. recycle i t by taking it to a place that collects used o i l . If y o u have a problem properly disposing. of your used oil, ask your dealer, a service station or a local recycling center for help.
Air Cleaner
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to detertnine when to replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services“ i r the Index.
Operating the engine with the air cleaner off can cause you
or
others to be burned. The air cleaner not only. cleans the air, it stops flame if the engine backfires.
If
it
isn’t
there, and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Don’t drive with it off, and be careful working on the engine with the
air
cleaner off.
165.
Service and Appearance Care
16-Valve Engine I
NOTICE:
If the air cleaner is off, a backfire can cause
a
damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get into your engine, which will damage it. Always have the air cleaner in place when you’re driving.
Air Filter Replacement (8-Valve
Engine)
To check or replace the filter:
1. Remove the screws.
2. Lift up the cover.
3. Pull out the filter.
Air Filter Replacement (16-Valve
Engine)
To check or replace the filter:
1. Remove the screws on the cover.
2. Lift it up.
3.
Pull out the filter.
. .
.I66
I
A utomatic Transmission FIuid
When to Check and Change
A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule to determine when to change your fluid. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index.
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may choose to have this done at your Geo dealership Service
Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions here, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little tluid can damage your transmission. Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire.
Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission tluid.
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving:
0
0
0
When outside temperatures are above
90°F (32°C).
At high speed for quite a while.
In heavy traffic weather.
- i n hot
While pulling a trailer.
0
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal operating temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93°C).
0
To
check transmission fluid hot:
Get the vehicle warmed
up
by driving about IS miles (24 k m ) when outside temperatures are above 50°F ( 10°C). If it’s colder than
50°F (IOOC), drive the vehicle in “D”
(Third Gear) until the engine temperature gage moves and then remains steady for ten minutes. Then follow the hot check procedures.
To
check transmission fluid
cold: A cold check is made after the vehicle has been sitting for eight hours or more with the engine off and i s used only as a reference.
Let the engine run a t idle for five minutes if outside temperatures are 50°F (10°C) or more. If it’s colder than 50°F (IO’C), you may have to idle the engine longer.
0
Should the fluid level be low during a cold check, you must perform a hot check before adding fluid. This will give you a more accurate reading of the fluid level.
To check the fluid hot or cold
0
Park your vehicle on a level place.
Keep the engine running.
With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever in
“ P ’
(Park).
With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift lever through each gear range, pausing for about three seconds i n each range. Then, position the shift lever in “P” (Park).
Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more.
1 6 7 . ,
Service and Appearance Care take
much
fluid, generally less than a pint.
Don’t overfill. We recommend you use label are made especially for your automatic transmission. Dama by fluid other than DEXRON
8
e
caused
-m
Then, without shutting off the engine, follow these steps:
1. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and then pull it back out again.
~ new vehicle warranty.
0
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as described under “How to
Check.”
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower level. The fluid level must be in the “COLD’ area for a cold check or in the “HOT” area or cross-hatched area for a hot check.
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the dipstick back in
all
the way.
How
to
Add Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid
to
use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
[f the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level up to the “COLD” area for a cold check or the
“HOT” a hot check. It doesn’t
When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the dipstick back in all the way.
Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change
A
good time to have it checked when the engine oil is changed. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule to determine when to change your transmission fluid. See
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the
Index.
How to Check:
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may choose to have this done at your Geo dealership Service
Department.
. .
. I 6 8
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions here, or you could get a false reading.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can darnage your transmission. Too much can mean that some of the tluid could come out and Pall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be sure to get an accurate read- ing if you check your transmission fluid.
Check the fluid level only when your engine is off, the vehicle is parked on a level place and the transmission is cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the transmission case.
Then,
follow
these steps:
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
3. If the fluid level is good, install the plug and be sure it is fully seated. If the fluid level is low, add more fluid as described in the next steps.
How
to
Add
Fluid:
Here’s how to add tluid. Refer t o the
Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind o f tluid t o use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
1. Rernove the filler plug.
2. Add tluid at the filler plug hole. Add only enough fluid to bring the fluid level LIP to the bottom of the filler
plug
hole.
3.
Install the filler plug. Be sure the plug is fully seated.
Rear Axle
WheR to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer t o the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See
“Periodic Maintenance Inspections” and
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the
Index.
CIutch Adjustment
The clutch linkage in your vehicle should be checked as recommended in your Maintenance Schedule. To check, push the clutch pedal down with your hand until you feel some resistance to movement of the pedal. If the pedal moves freely up to an inch (25 m m ) or so before you feel resistance to the travel, adjustment isn’t needed.
If there is no free travel or very little
(less than S/8 of an inch), see your dealer for adjustment.
How
to Check Lubricant
If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole, you’ll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom o f the filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind 01‘ lubricant to use.
See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
169
. . .
~ ~~~~ ~
~~
~~
Service and Appearance Care
Four- Wheel Drive
Most lubricant checks in this section also apply to four-wheel-drive vehicles.
However, they have two additional systems that need lubricatiog.
Transfer Case
When to Check qnd Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the
Index.
How to Check Lubricant
If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole, you’ll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lybricant to use.
See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to a determine how often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See
“Periodic Maintenance Inspections” and
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the
Index.
Engine Coolant
The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem with engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
The proper coolant for your Geo will:
How to Check Lubricant
If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole, you’ll need to add some lubricant.
If the differential is at operating temperature (warm), add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
If the differential is cold, add enough lubricant to raise the level to 1/2 inch (12 mm) below the filler plug hole.
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use.
See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
Give freezing protection down to
-20°F (-29”C), or -34°F (-37°C) in
Canada and for vehicles with the cold climate option.
Give boiling protection up to 258°F
(125°C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights work as they should.
What to Use:
Use a mixture of one-half clean water
(preferably distilled) and one-half antifreeze that meets “GM Specification
6038-M,” which won’t damage aluminum parts. You can also use a recycled coolant conforming to “GM Specification
6038-M” with a complete coolant flush
. .
.I70
and refill. If you use this mixture. you don't need to add anything else.
Adding only plain water
to
your cooling system can be dangerous.
Plain water, or some other liquid like alcohol, can
boil
before
the
proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle's
cool-
ant warning system is set for the proper coolant mix. With plain water
or the
wrong mix, your engine could get too hot but
you
wouldn't get
the
overheat warning.
Your
engine
could
catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use a
50/50
mix
of
clean water and a proper antifreeze.
Some conditions, such a s air trapped in the cooling system, can af't'ect the coolant level i n the radiator. Check the coolant level when the engine is cold and follow the steps under "Adding Coolant" for the proper way to add coolant.
If you have to add coolant Inore than four times a year. have your dealer check your cooling system.
NOTICE:
I f you use the proper coolant. you don't have to add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to improve thc system. These can be harmful.
%-Valve Engine
Adding Coolant
To Check
Coolant: When your engine is cold. the coolant level should be at
"LOW," or a little higher. When your engine is warm. the level should be up to
"FULL." or a little higher.
NOTICE:
If y o u use an improper coolant mix, your engine could overheat and be badly damaged. The repair cost wouldn't be covered by your war- ranty. Too much water i n the mix can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
171
. .
Service and Appearance Care
Radiator Pressure Cap
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a 13 psi (90 kPa) pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage from over- heating. Be sure the amows on the cap line up with the overflow tube on the radiator filler neck.
16-Valve Engine
To Add Coo1ant:If
you need to add more coolant, add the proper mix qt the coolant recovery tank.
Add coolant mix at the recovery tank, but be careful not to spill it.
When you replace your radiator pressure zap, an
AC@
cap is recommended.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat in the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat,
an
Ace' thermostat is recommended.
. .
.172
Power Steering FJuid
How to Check Power Steering Fluid:
Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap and completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
D
D
When the engine compartment is hot, the level should be at the
“MAX”
mark.
When the engine compartment is cool the level should be at the “MIN” mark.
‘hat to Add:
:fer to the Maintenance Schedule to terrnine what kind of fluid to use. See
[ecornmended Fluids and Lubricants” in
2
Index.
NOTICE:
When adding power steering fluid or making a complete fluid change, always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals.
173
. . .
Service and Appearance Care
Windshield Washer Fluid
To
Add:
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the bottle is full.
NOTICE:
When using concentrated washer tluid, follow the manuficturer’s instructions for adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. Also, water doesn’t clean as well a s washer tluid.
Fill your washer tluid tank only
3/4 full when it’s very cold. This allows for expansion, which could damage the tank if it is completely full.
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your windshield washer. It can damage your washer system and paint.
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brake master cylinder is here. It is
‘illed with DOT-3 brake fluid.
I‘here are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in your master cylinder might go down. The first is that the brake fluid goes down t o a n acceptable level during lormal brake lining wear. When new iinings are put in, the fluid level goes mck up. The other reason is that tluid is leaking out of the brake system. If it is, you should have your brake system fixed,
;ince a leak means that sooner or later your brakes won’t work well, or won’t work a t all.
So, it isn‘t a good idea to “top off’ your brake fluid. Adding brake tluid won’t
. .
.I74
correct a leak. If you add fluid when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add (or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedple to determine when to check
yoqr
drake fluid. See “Periodic Maintenance
Inspections” in the Index. container only, and always clean the brakl fluid reservoir cap before removing it.
NOTICE:
To Check Brake Fluid:
You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap. Just look at the windows on the brake fluid reservoir. The fluid levels should be above “MIN.” If they aren’t, have your brake system checked to see if there is a leak.
After work is done on the brake hydraulic system, make sure the levels are above
“MIN’ and below the top of each window.
What to Add:
When you do need brake fluid, use only
DOT-3 brake fluid
-
Supreme 11s (GM Part No. 1052535).
Use new brake fluid from a sealed
Don’t let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid. For example, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they’ll have to be replaced.
Brake fluid can damage paint, so be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle. If you do, wash it off immediately. See “Appearance
Care” in the Index.
Brake Wear
Your Geo has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed. The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly).
175
...
~
Service and Appearance Care
NOTICE: r brake pads could result in costly brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes.
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear indicators, but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the rear brake linings inspected. Also, the rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing. When you have the front brakes replaced, have the rear brakes inspected, too.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble. replace parts of your braking system - for example, when your brake linings wear down and you have to have new ones put in - genuine GM replacement parts. If you don’t, your brakes may no longer work properly. For example, if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes can change, for the worse.
The braking performance you’ve come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakes adjust for wear.
If your brake pedal goes down farther than normal, your rear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times.
Battery
Every new Geo has a Delco Freedoms battery. You never have to add water to one of these. When it’s time for a new battery, we recommend a Delco
Freedoma battery. Get one that has the catalog number shown on the original battery’s label.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex. Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.
Vehicles we design and test have top-quality GM brake parts in them, as your Geo does when it is new. When you
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more, take off the black, negative (-) cable from the battery. This
. .
.I76
will help keep your battery from running down.
Bulb Replacement
See “Replacement Bulbs” in the Index to check the size and type of bulb you need to use.
Halogen Bulbs
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle for longer storage periods.
Headlights
To replace the headlight bulb:
1. Open the hood.
2. Push in on both sides and pull rearward, while holding the headlight wiring harness, to disconnect it from the bulb.
177
...
Service and Appearance Care
3. Turn the lock ring to the left to release the bulb.
4. Pull the
lock
ring and the headlight bulb straight out. Save the lock ring and use with the new bulb.
5. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Front Parking and Turn Signal Lights
ro replace the parking and turn signal mlb:
I . Open the hood.
2. Turn the bulb socket to the left and pull it out of light housing.
. .
.178
3. Push the bulb in, turn it to the left and pull it out.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Sidemarker Lights
ro
replace the sidemarker bulb:
I. Push the sidemarker housing toward the back of the vehicle and pull o u t the front edge. The housing should pull away from the vehicle.
2. Turn the socket toward the rear of the vehicle and pull it out of the housing.
3. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Rear Sidemarker Lights
To replace the rear sidemarker bulb:
1. Remove the screw (hardtop only).
2. Pull the sidemarker light housing out a t the back edge.
3.
Turn the socket toward the rear o f the vehicle and pull it out.
4. Pull the bulb out ofthe socket.
5. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
179
...
Service and Appearance Care
Rear Combination Lights
To remove the rear combination bulbs:
1. Remove the two screws from the combination lights.
2. Pull the combination light out Fdr enough to reach the bulb socket.
1. Turn the socket to the right and pull it out.
1. Pull the bulb out of the socket. i. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
. .
. I 8 0
<l ll
I
TIRES
PRESSURE
COLD PSl!kPa
TIRE PLACARD
GVWR
I
I
I
IJ
:enter High-Mounted Stoplight
Hardtop)
i, remove the bulb:
.
Remove the side pins.
!. Pull the housing forward.
1. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull it out.
I. Pull the bulb o u t of the socket. i. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Center High-Mounted Stoplight
(Convertible)
To remove the bulb:
1, Remove the two screws and the lens housing.
2. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull it out.
3.
Pull the bulb out o f the socket.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Loading Your Vehicle
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry. The
Tire-Loading Information label found on the driver’s door lock pillar tells you the proper size, speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for the tires on your vehicle. It also gives you important information about the number of people that can be i n your vehicle and the total weight that you can carry. This weight is called the Vehicle Capacity
Weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options.
181 . . .
Service and Appearance Care
NOTICE:
I Your warranty does not cover parts or components that fail because of over- loading.
~
I
[f you put things inside your vehicle - like suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else - vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
1
a
dso found on the driver’s door lock pillal
I t tells you the gross weight capacity of
>
Tour vehicle, called the GVWR (Gross
7 Jehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
1 tl ne GVWR for your vehicle, or the Gross
B Ytle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either tl he front or rear axle.
F ind, if you do have a heavy load, you
S hould spread it out. Don’t carry more tl han 400 pounds (1
8
1 kilograms) in your in your t wo-wheel drive vehicle. If you have a
f
our-wheel drive vehicle, don’t carry r nore than
200
pounds
(91
kilograms) in
1
Tour vehicle. in
.
. I 8 2
! A
CAUTION: 1
Tires
We don't make tires. Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. These tires are warranted by the tire manufacturers and their warranties are delivered with every new manufacturers.
Geo. If your spare tire is a different brand than your road tires, you will have a tire warranty folder from each of these
183
...
Service and Appearance Care
Inflation
-
The Certificatioflire label which is on the driver’s door shows the correct inflation pressures for your tires, when they’re cold. ‘Told” means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than
a
mile.
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation PI: overinflation is all right. It’s not.
If your tires don’t have enough air (underinflation) you can get:
Too much flexing
0
Too much heat
0
Tire overloading
0 Bad wear
0
Bad handling
0 Bad fuel economy.
If
your tires have too much air (overinflation), you can get:
0
Unusual wear
0 Bad handling
0
Rough ride
0
Needless damage from road hazards.
When to Check:
Check your tires
once a
month or more.
Also,
check the tire pressure of the spare tire.
How
to Check:
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
I
xessure. Simply looking at the tires you the pressure, t
:specially if you have radial tires
-
7 which may look properly inflated even
.f they’re underinflated.
[f your tires have valve caps, be
sure
to
Jut them back on. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
. .
.I84
I 4
’ire Inspection and Rotation
’0 make your tires last longer, have them nspected and rotated at the mileages ecommended in the Maintenance
Ichedule. See “Scheduled Maintenance lervices” in the Index.
Jse this rotation pattern.
F your spare wheel does not match your lther wheels, you may want to use this lattern. f your vehicle has front tires with ifferent load ratings or tread designs such as all season vs. o d o f f road) than he rear tires, don’t rotate your tires front
3 rear. ifter the tires have been rotated, adjust he front and rear intlation pressure as hown on the Certificationflire label. dake certain that all wheel nuts are lroperly tightened. See “Wheel Nut
’orque” in the Index.
Rust
or
dirt
on
a wheel,
or on
the
p a s
to which it
is
fastened, can make wheel nuts become
loose
&er
off
and cause an accident. When you change
a
wheel, remove any rust dirt
from
places where
the
wheel attaches
to
the vehicle.
In
an emergency,
you
can
use or
a paper towel to
be
sure to use a scraper or wire brush later, you need to,
dirt off.
(See
“Changing a Rat Tire”
in
the Index.)
185
...
-
Service and Appearance Care
0
The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that can’t be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell when it’s time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators, which will appear when your tires have only
2/32
inch (1.6 mm) or less of tread remaining.
You need a new tire i f
0
You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire.
0
You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire’s rubber.
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric.
The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tires you need,
look
at the Certificationnire label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had a Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec) number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires, get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way, your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating, traction, ride and other things during normal service on your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC number will be followed by a
“MS” (for mud and snow).
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed by the United States
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration which grades tires by treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.)
Treadwear
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating and construction type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends
. .
,186
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades
B
and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Traction
-
B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest are: A,
B,
and C. They represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The temperature grade for this inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight-ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction.
Temperature
-
B,
C highest),
B,
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C
These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger car tires.
While the tires available as standard or optional equipment on General Motors vehicles may vary with respect to these grades, all such tires meet General Motors performance standards and have been approved for use on General Motors vehicles. All passenger type
(P
Metric) tires must conform to Federal safety requirements in addition to these grades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked or badly rusted. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your Geo dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces.
187
...
Service and Appearance Care
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the right wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for your Geo model.
NOTICE:
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer calibration, headlight aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
A
CAUTION:
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle
is
dangerous. You can’t
know how
it’s been used or
how
many miles it’s
fail
suddenly and cause an accident.
If
you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel.
Tire
Chains
NOTICE:
Use tire chains only where legal and only when you must. Use only
SAE
Class
“S” type chains that are the proper size for your tires. Install them on the tires of the drive axle (four- wheel drive vehicles can use chains on both axles). Tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions. If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle, stop and retighten them.
If
the contact continues, slow down until it stops.
Driving too fast with chains on will damage your vehicle.
. .
.188
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle.
Some are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space. When you use anything from a container to clean your Geo, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings and instructions. And always open your doors or windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
0
Benzene
Naphtha
0
Carbon Tetrachloride
Acetone
0
Paint Thinner
Turpentine
Lacquer Thinner
Nail
Polish Remover
They can a l l be hazardous some more thanothers - and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
Don‘t use any of these unless this manual says you can. In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
0
Alcohol
Laundry Soap
Bleach
Reducing Agents
Cleaning the lnside of Your
Geo
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, damp cloth.
Your Geo dealer has two GM cleaners, a solvent-type spot lifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will clean normal spots and stains very well.
Do not use them on vinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning tips:
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
Clean up stains as soon as you can
189
...
Service and Appearance Care
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area often. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn.
Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area only. If you use them, don’t saturate the stained area.
If a ring forms after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately or it will set.
Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel or cloth.
0
Then dry it immediately with a blow dryer or a heat lamp.
I
NOTICE:
I
Be careful with a hair dryer o r heat lamp. You could scorch the fabric.
Wipe with a clean cloth.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the directions on the container label.
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
Don’t saturate the material.
Don’t rub it roughly.
As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge to remove the suds.
Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner an Fabric
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all. Some spots and stains will clean off better with just water and mild soap.
If you need to use a solvent:
0 Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with a clean, dull knife or scraper. Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths (preferably cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the outside of the stain, “feathering” toward the center. Keep changing to a clean section of the cloth.
. .
.I90
0
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately dry the area with an air hose, hair dryer, or heat lamp to help prevent a cleaning ring.
(See
the previous NOTICE.)
Fabric Protection
Your Geo has upholstery that has been treated with Scotchgard Fabric
Protector, a
3M
product. Scotchgard” protects fabrics by repelling oil and water, which are the carriers of most stains.
Even with this protection, you still need to clean your upholstery often to keep it looking new.
Further information on cleaning is available by calling 1-800-433-3296
(in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or oily stains:
Such as grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoe polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt.
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain.
Follow the solvent-type instructions described earlier.
0
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain if left on a vehicle seat fabric. They should be removed as soon as possible. Be eareful, because the cleaner will dissolve them and may cause them to spread.
Non-greasy stains:
Such as catsup,
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
0
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You may have to do it more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if yoa don’t get them off quickly. Use a clean cloth and solvent-type vinyl cleaner. soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood.
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the soiled area with cool water.
If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions described earlier.
0
If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine, treat the area with a waterhaking soda solution:
1
teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to
1 cup (250 ml) of lukewarm water.
If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Combination stains:
Such as candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce and unknown stains.
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with cool water and allow to dry.
If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
Cleaning Leather
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or saddle soap.
For stubborn stains, use a mild solution of 10% isopropyl alcohol
(rubbing alchohol) and 90% water.
Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive cleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish on leather.
Soiled leather should be cleaned immediately. If dirt is allowed to work into finish, it can harm the leather.
ueaning the Top of the Instrument
Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces of the instrument panel. windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
Do
not; bleach or dye
safety
belts.
If you do, it may
severely weaken
them, In a
crash
they
might
not
be
able
to provide
adequate
protection.
Clean safety
belts
only
with
mild soap
and
lukewarm water.
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass
Cleaner (GM Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films.
191
. . .
Service and Appearance Care
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear window, an electric defogger element may be damaged. Any temporary license should not be attached across the defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with
GM Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami
Powder@ (GM Part No. 105001 1). The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent. Then rinse the blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checked on a regular basis and replaced when worn.
Your
Geo
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth of color, gloss retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun. Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use liquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps. Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or a
100% cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle.
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your Geo may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish. You can get
GM approved cleaning products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and
Materials” in the Index.)
Your Geo has a “basecoat/clearcoat” pain finish. The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are non-abrasive and made for a basecoatfclearcoat paint finish.
NOTICE:
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoatfclearcoat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster. Washing with water is all that is usually needed.
However, you may use GM Chrome
Polish on chrome or stainless steel trim, if necessary.
Use special care with aluminum trim. To avoid damaging protective trim, never use auto or chrome polish, steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum. A coating of wax, rubbed to high polish, is recommended for all. bright metal parts.
. .
.I92
Special Care for Canvas Top
To protect the canvas top:
0
0
After you wash the vehicle, make sure the top is completely dry before you open or remove it.
Don’t get any vinyl cleaner on the vehicle’s painted finish; it could leave streaks.
Don’t go through automatic car washes; the canvas top could be damaged.
The plastic windows are pliable and can be scratched if you don’t take these precautions when you clean them:
0 Wipe off dust with a soft cotton cloth moistened with clean, cool or lukewarm water. Don’t use a “dry” cloth. Wipe in one direction only, not back and forth.
0
0
To remove frost, snow or ice, use lukewarm water. Don’t use a scraper or any de-icing fluids.
Wash the windows with a soft cloth and clean, cool or lukewarm water.
Never use a dry cloth, hot water, strong soap or detergent, solvents or harsh cleaning agents. Rinse thoroughly and wipe with a slightly moist soft, clean cloth.
Don’t put any labels, stickers or tape on windows. It’s hard to remove adhesives left on the window when such items are removed. If a sticker or label must be removed, remove any adhesive left on the window while the adhesive is still soft and sticky. Press on a new sticker or piece of tape and then lift it off again; keep doing this until all the adhesive lifts off with the sticker or tape.
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Your aluminum wheels have a protective zoating similar to the painted surface
3f your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
:hemicals, chrome polish, abrasive cleaners or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage this coating. After rinsing thoroughly, a wax
1 mi ay be applied.
NOTICE:
If you have aluminum wheels, don’t use an automatic car wash that has hard silicon carbide cleaning brushes.
These brushes can take off the protective coating.
Tires
Your Geo dealer has a GM White Sidewall
Tire Cleaner. You can use a stiff brush with the cleaner.
When applying a tire dressing, always take care to wipe off any overspray or splash from painted surfaces.
Petroleum-based products may damage the paint finish.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent application may be required. (See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.
193
...
Service and Appearance Care
Foreign Material
Calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, chimneys, and other foreign matter can damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted Surfaces. Use cldners that
&e
marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Finish Damage
Any stone chips, fractui-es or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up materials available from
YOU^
dealer or other service outlets.
Larger areas
of
finish damage can be corrected in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used
for
ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody;
If
these are not removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on the underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these materials
.from
the underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud and othef deb& can collect.
Dirt
packed in closed areas of the frame should be loosened before
being
flushed. Your dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can do this for you.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout. Airborne surfaces on your vehicle.
This
damage can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped discolorations, and small irregulai dark spots etched into the paint surface.
Although no defect in the paint job causes this, Geo will repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase, whichever comes first.
. .
. I 9 4
I
Appearance Care Materials Chart
I
PART NUMBER
I
SIZE DESCRIPTION USAGE
I
*Not recommended for pigskin suede leather. for these products. See the Index under “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
195
...
Service and Appearance
Care
i
Service Parts
Identification Label
You’ll
find this label inside the glove box
m
the door. It’s very
1 need to order parts. On this label
is:
B -your
VIN,
the model designation, l
I B paint information, and a list of all production options and special equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed
1 From the vehicle.
Vehicle Identification
Number
(VZN)
rhis is the legal identifier for your Geo.
I
t lppears on a plate in the front corner of he instrument panel, on the driver’s side. fou can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle. h e VIN also appears on the Vehicle ktification and Service Parts labels and he certificates of title and registration.
Add-on Electrical
Equipment
NOTICE:
Engine Identification
rhe eighth character in your VIN is the
:ngine code. This code will help you denti€y your engine, specifications, and meplacement parts.
I.
Don’t add anything electrical to your
Geo unless you check with your dealer first. Some electrical equip- ment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. Some add-on electri- cal equipment can keep other compo- nents from working as they should.
.
.I96
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by fuses, circuit breakers and thermal
links
in the wiring itself. This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems.
The main
fuse
box is in your engine compartment OR the right side. It protects all electrical loads.
For access to the main fuses, pull off the cover. A spare fuse is also inside the fuse
box.
b o t h e r fuse box is under the left side of he instrument panel. The fuses here
Jrotect each separate circuit including leadlights. If you have electrical failure,
:heck here first.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the correct size.
I f you ever have a problem on the road and don’t have a spare fuse, you can borrow one. Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without
- lighter - if it is the size you need. Replace it as soon as you can.
Before replacing a fuse, turn every vehicle electrical \witch off.
197.
I
Service and Appearance Care
Main Fuse Block
1
- to Battery Circuit (60A)
2
-
Ignition Switch is in “ACC,” “ON” or “START” (50A)
3 - (40A)
4
-
nstrument Panel Fuse Block
~
Light ( 1 SA)
I-
Taillights; Interior Light; Sidemarker
Lights; Instrument Cluster Lights
( 1 SA)
. Stop Lights; Horn (15A)
~
1
I
’ Lighter; Radio (20A)
1 Ignition System; Warning and
Indicator Lights ( 1 SA)
( 1 SA)
. .
.198
10
-
( 15A)
1 1
-
(1 5A)
12 -
13 -
(20A)
14
-
Relay ( 15A)
Replacement Bulbs
Back-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center High-Mounted Stop
1156
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
921
Dome
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Parking and
Turn
Signal
Headlight (Halogen)
96051559
....................................
1157 NA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9004
Heater
or
Air Conditioning Control
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96052599
Indicator and Warning
Brake
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging System
9433184
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9433 184
CheckEngine
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Pressure
9433184
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9433 184
4WD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9433184
Headlight High Beam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9433 184
SafetyBelt
Turnsignal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9433184
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Cluster
9433184
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9605 156
Licenseplate
Lighter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Defogger Switch
9433184
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9606 1736
Rear Hazard and
Turn
Signal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1156
Rearparkingandstop
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Wipermasher Switch
1157
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9606 1736
Sidemarker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
194
199
...
Service and Appearance Care
Capacities and Specifications
Engine
Type
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
L4
Compression Ratio
8-Valve Engine
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.9: 1
16-Valve Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5: 1
Firingorder
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 - 3 4 2
Fuel Delivery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Injection
Piston Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 CID (1.6L)
Valve Arrangement
AC
Belt Tension
. . .
....................................
In-Head “V” Type
Deflect Belt 0.24-0.35 in. (6-9 mm) @ (10
kg.)
Pressure
Fan Belt Tension
Inspection
. . . . . .
Replacement
Deflect Belt 0.24-0.32 in. (6-8 mm) @ 22 lbs. (10
kg.)
Pressure
. . . .
Deflect Belt 0.20-0.28 in. (5-7 mm) @ 22 lbs. (10
kg.)
Pressure
Thermostat Temperature Specification
.........................
180°F (82°C)
Replacement Parts
Air Cleaner Filter
8-Valve Engine
16-Valve Engine
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13780-6 1 AAO
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13780-58B20
Battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26-60s
Engine Oil Filter
Fuel Filter
PCVValve
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9606241 5
AC Type GF571
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96058079
Radiator Pressure Cap
Spark Plug
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 psi
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R43XLS (0.028” - 0.032” Gap)
..
.200
Capacities (Approximate)
Air Conditioning” in
U.S.
and metric conversions.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
See the refrigerant information label under hood.
Automatic Transmission
Drain and Refill
Overhaul
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 qt. (2.8 L)**
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4 qt. (5.1 L)
Cooling System
Automatic Transmission
Manual Transmission
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 qt. (5.2 L)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6 qt. (5.3
L)
Crankcase
With Filter Change
Without Filter Change
Front Differential
Fuel Tank
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 qt. (4.2 L)*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 qt. (4.0
L)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 qt. (1 .O L)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1 gal. (42
L)
Manual Transmission
Four-wheel Drive
Two-Wheel Drive
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 qt. ( 1.5 L)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 qt. (1.7 L)
**
Rear Differential
Transfer Case
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 qt. (2.2 L)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 qt. ( 1.7 L)
**
T
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used. If you’re not sure, ask your Geo dealer.
*
When changing the oil filter, additional oil may be needed. Recheck the oil level after filling. See “Engine Oil” the Index.
**
Recheck fluid level after filling. See “Automatic Transmission Fluid” or “Manual
Transmission Fluid” in the Index.
201
...
Service and Appearance Care
Wheel Nuts
Wheel Nut
Torque
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 lb. ft. (80 N*m)
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86.6” (2 200 mm)
Tread
Front
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.9” (1 395 mm)
Rear
Length
Width
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1”(1400mm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
142.5”(3620mm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.2” (1 630 mm)
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 5 . 0 ” (1651mm)
..
.202
IMPORTANT:
KEEP THE ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
LEVEL AND CHANGE AS
RECOMMENDED
T h i s part covers the maintenance required
for
your
Geo .
Your vehicle needs these services to retain its safety. dependability and emission
.
At Each
.
Maintenance Schec ule
Section
Introduction: A Word about Maintenance
Your Vehicle and the Environment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
.
B
.
204
204
How This Part Is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scheduled Maintenance Services
204
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
Selecting the Right Schedule
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
205
Schedule1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Schedule11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
210
214
Owner Checks and Services
Fuel Fill
At Least Once a Month
At Least Twice
....................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Year
AtLeastOnceaYear
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
218
. . . . . . .
218
. . . . . . .
219
. . . . . . . . .
219
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
C
.
D
.
E
.
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MaintenanceRecord
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
223
225
228
Protection
Plan
Have
you
purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan supplements
your
new car warranties
See
your
GM dealer
for
details
.
203
...
Maintenance Schedule
Introduction: A Word about Maintenance
We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know exactly how you’ll drive it. You may drive very short distances only a few times a week.
Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather. You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or you may drive it to work, to do errands or in many other ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need more frequent checks and replacements than you will find in the schedules in this part. So please read this part and note how you drive. If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition, see your Geo dealer, the place many GM owners choose to have their maintenance work done. Your dealer can be relied upon to use proper parts and practices.
Your Vehicle
Environment
and
the
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the environment. All recommended maintenance procedures are important.
Improper vehicle maintenance or the removal of important components can significantly affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid levels or even the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle. To help protect our environment, and to help keep your vehicle in good condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
How This Part is Organized
The remainder of this part is divided into five sections:
“Section A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services” shows what to have done and how often. Some of these services can be complex, so unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should let your dealer’s service department or another qualified service center do these jobs.
f
you are skilled enough to do some work on your vehicle, you will probably want to get the service information
SM publishes. You will find a list of wblications and how to get them in this nanual. See “Service Publications” in he Index.
‘Section B: Owner Checks and Services” ells you what should be checked whenever you stop for fuel. It also
:xplains what you can easily do to help
:eep your vehicle in good condition.
. .
.204
“Section C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections” explains important inspections that your Geo dealer’s service department or another qualified service center should perform.
“Section D: Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” lists some products GM recommends to help keep your vehicle properly maintained. These products, or their equivalents, should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it done.
“Section
E:
Maintenance Record” provides a place for you to record the maintenance performed on your vehicle.
Whenever any maintenance is performed, be sure to write it down in this section.
This will help you determine when your next maintenance should be done. In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs.
Section A: Scheduled
Maintenance Services
Using Your Maintenance
Schedules
This section tells you the maintenance services you should have done and when you should schedule them. Your Geo dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it. If you go to your dealer for your service needs, you’ll knoN
I that GM-trained and supported service people will perform the work using genuine GM parts.
These schedules are for vehicles that: carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See
“Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index. are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits. use the recommended unleaded fuel.
See “Fuel” in the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is right for your vehicle.
Here’s how to decide which schedule to follow:
Schedule I
Is
any one of these true for your vehicle?
Most trips are less than
4
miles (6 km).
Most trips are less than 10 miles
(1 6 km) when outside temperatures are below freezing.
D
The engine is at low speed most of the time (as in door-to-door delivery, or in stop-and-go traffic).
You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or off-road frequently.
You tow a trailer.
[f
any one (or more) of these is true for your driving, follow Schedule I.
Schedule I1
Follow Schedule I1 o lbove conditions is true. if none of the
205.
. .
Maintenance
Schedule
Section
A:
Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
Schedule l
Follow Schedule
I
if your vehicle is
MAINLY
driven under one or more of the following conditions: e
ITEM
NO.
WHAT
TO
SERVICE
See “E,xplanation of Scheduled
Maintenance Services” following
Schedules I und 11. a
When most trips are less than 4 miles
(6 km).
When most trips are less than 10 miles
(16 km) and outside temperatures remain below freezing.
-
1 Engine OTI and Filter Change* a
3 Fan (Water Pump) Drive Belt Service
When most trips include extended idling and/or frequent low-speed operation, as in stop-and-go traffic.
Camshaft Timing Belt Replacement* 4 a When towing a trailer.
When operating in dusty areas or off-road frequently.
Schedule I should also be followed if the
-
7
Transmission (All) and Transfer Case
- taxi or other commercial applications.
-
6 Wheel Bearine Insuection
*
An Emission Control Service. t
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Propeller Shafts and U-Joints Inspection 8 -
Freewheeling Hubs Inspection (if equipped) or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this
-
11 Spark Plug Wire Replacement” maintenance item will not nullify the emission
7
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
12 completion of vehicle useful l f c . General Reulacement*
Morors, howeve); urges that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in “Section E: Maintenance Record.”
13
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
Inspection*
. .
.206
WHEN TO PERFORM
Miles (kilomerers) or Months
(whichever occursfirst).
Every 3,000 miles ( 5 000 km) or 3 months.
Every 6,000 miles (10 000 km).
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
At 60,000 miles (100 000 km).
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 krn) or 30 months.
Every 15,000 miles (25 000 km) or 15 rnonlhs.
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
Every 3,000 miles ( 5 000 km) or 3 months.
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 km).
Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km) o r 60 months.
Every 50.000 miles (X3 000 km).
Every 50,000 miles (83 000 km).
The services shown on this chart up to 60,000 miles (100 000 km) should be performed after 60,000 miles (100 000 km) at the same intervals.
MILES (000)
3 1 6 1 7 . 5 1 9 112 115 118 121 122.5 124 127 130 133 136 137.5 ( 3 9 142 145 I 4 8 I 5 0 151 152.5
I
54 157 1 6 0
KILOMETERS (000)
2 0 7 .
. .
Maintenance Schedule
Section
A:
Scheduled Maintenance Services
(cont.)
Schedule
/
(Cont.)
WHAT TO SERVICE
See “Explanation of Scheduled
Maintenance Services” following
Schedules I and 11.
*
An Emission Control Service. t
The US. or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of vehicle useful life. General
Motors, however, urges that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in “Section E: Maintenance Record.”
1 4
1 5
Air Cleaner Filter Replacement*
I
Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection*t
21
~~
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Fuel Filter Replacement* 1 6
1 7
1 8 l 9
2o
Fuel Injector Inspection”
Oxygen Sensor Replacement*
I Evaporative Emissions Canister
Replacement*
Engine Control Module (ECM) and
Associated Sensors Inspection*
WHEN TO PERFORM
Miles (kilometers) or Months
(whichever occurs first).
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
I See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 30 months.
Every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
Every 80,000 miles (133 000 km). Heated
I
Every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
Every 100,000 miles (1 66 000 km).
System Hoses Inspection* Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km). Emission
Three Wav Catalvtic Converter Inspection*
I
Every 100,000 miles (166 000 k m l
\ -
~~ I
Engine Timing and Distributor Check*
I
Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km).
Engine Idle Speed Check*? Every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
Valve Lash (Clearance) Inspection*
Power Steering System Inspection
Wiring Harness and Connectors Inspection*
Every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
Every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 months.
Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km) or 60 months.
Service Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km). Brake Fluid
. .
,208
The services shown on this chart up to 60,000 miles (100 000 same intervals.
I
MILES (000) should be performed after 60,000 miles (100 000 km) at the
209.
.
Maintenance
Schedule
S ection
A:
Scheduled Maintenance Services
(Cant.)
Schedule 11
Follow Schedule
I1 ONLY if
none
of
the drivinp conditions specified in
Schedule
I
apply.
I I
ITEM
NO.
WHAT
TO
SERVICE
See “Explanation of Scheduled
Maintenance Services” following
Schedules I and I I .
*
An Emission Control Service.
t
The US. or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the-failure to pevform this maintenance item will not nuh& the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of vehicle useful life. General
Motors, however, urges that all recommended maintenance services be pevformed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in “Section E: Maintenance
Record. ’’
1 Engine Oil and Filter Change*
2 Tire and Wheel Rotation and Inspection
I
WHEN TO PERFORM
Miles (kilometers) or Months
(whichever occursFrst).
Every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 months.
Every 7,500 miles (12 500 km).
I . .
210
211
...
Maintenance Schedule
Section
A:
Scheduled Maintenance
-
Schedule /I (Cont.)
Services
(Cont.)
ITEM
NO.
WHAT
TO SERVICE
See “Explanation of Scheduled
Maintenance Services” following
Schedules I and 11.
*
An Emission Control Service. t
The U S . Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of vehicle useful life. General
Motors, however, urges that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in “Section E: Maintenance Record.”
Air Cleaner Filter Replacement*
Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection*?
Fuel Filter Replacement*
Fuel Injector Inspection*
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement*
Evaporative Emissions Canister
Replacement*
20
Engine Control Module (ECM) and
-
21 Emission System Hoses Inspection*
Three Way Catalytic Converter Inspection*
Engine Timing and Distributor Check*
Engine Idle Speed Check*?
Valve Lash (Clearance) Inspection*
Power Steering System Inspection
Wiring Harness and Connectors Inspection*
Brake Fluid Service
WHEN
TO
PERFORM
Miles (kilometers) or Months
(whichever occurs first).
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 30 months.
Every 100,000 m i i s (166 000 km).
Everv 80.000 miles ( 1 33 000 km).
Every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
Every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
~~
Everv 60.000 miles (100 000 km).
Every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km).
Every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
Every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
Every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 months.
Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km) or 60 months.
Every 60,000 miles (100 000 km).
. .
.212
The services shown on this chart up to 60,000 miles (100 000 km) should be performed after 60,000 miles ( 100 000 ktn) at the same intervals.
MILES (000)
3 1 6 1 7 . 5 1 9 112 115 118 121 122.5 124 127 130 133 136 137.5 139 142 145 I 4 8 I 5 0 151 152.5 I 5 4 157 I 6 0
KILOMETERS (000) i
213
. . .
Maintenance Schedule
Section
A:
Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
&planation of Scheduled
Maintenance Services
?allowing are explanations of the services isted in Schedule
I
and Schedule II. h e proper fluids and lubricants to use are
.isted in Section D. Make sure whoever rervices your vehicle uses these. All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
To determine the preferred viscosity for your vehicle’s engine (e.g., S A E
5W-30
or S A E
10W-30),
see “Engine Oil” in the Index.
2
NOTE: To determine your engine’s displacement and code, see
“Engine Identification” in the
Index.
Tire Wheel Rotation and
Jnspectioq
-
For proper wear and maximum tire life, rotate your tires following the instructions in this manual. See
“Ties,
Inspection and Rotation’’ in
the
Index. Check the tires for uneven wear or damage. If you see irregular or premature wear, check the wheel alignment.
Check for damaged wheels also.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
1 -e Oil and Filter Change*
-
Always use SH or SG Energy
Conserving II oils of proper viscosity. The “SH”
“SG”
designation may be shown alone, or in combination with others, such as “SHKD,” “SH,
SG, CD,”
“SG/CD,”
etc.
3 Fan (Water Pump) Drive Belt
S e r v k
-
Inspect and adjust if necessary at 30,000 mile
(50 000 km), or 30 month intervals. Replace the belt at
60,000 miles (100 000 km) and
120,000 miles (200 000 km).
*
An Emission Control Service.
4 -shaft Timin? Belt
Replacemeat” -
60,000 miles (100 000 km) and
. .
,214
ITEM
NO. SERVICE then inspect after 30,000 miles
(50 000 km).
5 Coolin? Sys&nSemice*
-
Drain, flush and refill the system with new or approved recycled coolant conforming to GM
Specification
182SM.
Keep coolant at the proper mixture
as
specified. See “Coolant” in the
Index. This provides proper freeze and boil protection, corrosion inhibitor level and maintains proper engine operating temperature.
Inspect hoses and replace if they are cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Tighten screw-type hose clamps. Clean the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser. Wash the pressure cap and neck.
To help ensure proper operation, we recommend a pressure test of both the cooling system and the nressure cap.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
6 Wheel Bearin? InsDection
-
Inspect for wear and proper adjustment. Relubricate the bearings if grease is contaminated.
7 Transmission (All) and
Transfer Case Differential
(Four-wheel Drive) Service -
For the manual transmission and transfer case differential, check the fluid level every time the oil is changed. See “Manual
Transmission Fluid” and
“Transfer Case” in the Index.
Inspect for damage and leaks and change the fluid every
15,000 miles (25 000 km)
15 months for Schedule I conditions and every 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 30 months for Schedule II conditions.
For the automatic transmission, check the fluid level every time the oil is changed. See
“Automatic Transmission
Fluid” in the Index. Inspect for damage and leaks and change
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
8 the fluid every 15,000 miles
(25 0o0 km) or 15 months for
Schedule
I
conditions and
100,000 miles ( 166 000 km) for
Schedule I1 conditions. Replace the automatic transmission cooler hoses every 45,000 miles
(75 000 km).
Propeller Shafts and U-Joints
Inspection - looseness and damage. Do this every,.l5 months, or at 15,000 mile (25 000 km) intervals, more frequently if used off-road or for pulling a trailer. Tighten U-joint flange bolts if necessary.
9 Freewheeling Hubs InsDection
/If Equipped)
-
Inspect the locking front hubs for correct operation. Repair or replace if necessary. (Both hubs must operate correctly for the front axle to power the front wheels.)
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
10 Spark Plug Replacement”
-
Replace spark plugs with the proper type. See “Replacement
Pans” in the Index.
11 Spark Plup Wire Replacement” -
Replace wires. Check the boot fit at the distributor and at the spark plugs. Operation in extreme cold and/or on salted roads may require more frequent replacement.
*
An Emission Control Service. t
The U.S. or the California Air Resources Board has maintenance item will not null@ the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of vehicle useful life. General
Motors, however, urges that all recommended maintenance services be pegormed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in “Section E: Maintenance
Record. ’’
215
...
Maintenance
Schedule
1 sc ection A:
Scheduled Maintenance Services (Cont.)
1
ITEM ITEM
NO. SERVICE NO. SERVICE
12 Positive Crankcase Ventilation
{PCV) Valve Replacement*
-
Inspect valve for proper function. Replace
the
valve every 50,000 miles
(83
000 km)
as
well as any worn, plugged or collapsed hases.
16 needed. Replace the cap and gasket at 60,000 mile
(100 000
km) intervals.
Fuel Filter Re&uxmmt*
-
Replace the fuel filter every
30,000 miles (50 000 km), or
13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
{EGR) - lpspect at 50,pOO mile
(83
000
km) intervals.
17 sooner if clogged.
Fuel Injector Inspectim*
-
Inspect at 100,000 mile
( 166 000 km) intervals,
14 Cleaner Filter Replacement*-
Replace every 30,000 miles
(50 ODD km) or more often under dusty conditions.
Ask
your dealer for the proper replacement intervals
for
your driving qonflitions.
18
19
20
Heated dacemea*
-
Replace at
80,000 miles (133 000 km).
0 .
Redacernent"
Canister
-
Replace at
100,000 mile
(166
000 km) intervals.
m e
(ECM)
15 Fuel Tank.
Cap
and Lines w e c t i o n * t - cap, lines and hoses for damage or-leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for an even filler neck imprint or any damage at 30,000 miles
(50 000 h).
21 and Associated Sensors
Jnspectipn* - Inspect at 100,000 mile (1.66
. .
000 km) intervals. lsslon Svstem
Hoses
Inspection" - 60,000 mile (100 OD0 km) intervals.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
22 Three-way C U y t l c Convertex
Jnspection"
-
Inspect at
100,000
mile
(166
000 km) intervals.
At each si1 change, inspect the entire exhaust system for leaks and loose fittings, especially if
23 the vehicle is used off-road.
e E
Timing and
. .
Dlstnbu tor
Check* - underhood label specifications.
Inspect the inside and outside
of
the distributor cap and rotor for cracks, carbon tracking and corrosion. Clean or replace as needed.
*
An Emission Control Service. t
The US. or the California
4ir
Resources Eoard has determined that the failure to perjorm this maintenance item will not nullifjt the emission warranty or limit recall liabiliw prior to the completion of vehicle useful life. General
Motors, however, urges that all recommended indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in "Section E: Maintenance
Record."
...
21 6
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
24 Engine Idle Speed-Check*t -
Check the idle speed and adjust it to underhood label specifications.
25 Valve Lash (Clearance)
Inspection” - lash and adjust if necessary.
26 Power Steering System
Inspection - steering gear box, pump and hose connections for leaks or damage. Check the fluid level on the dipstick. See “Power Steering
Fluid” in the Index. Check the drive belt for cracks, fraying and wear. Check belt tension. There should be 0.24-0.35” (6-9 mm) deflection when you press your thumb midway between the pulleys. Adjust or replace belt as needed.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
27 Wiring Harness and Connectors
Inspection* - underhood wiring harness for loose connections, chafed wires and damage.
28 Brake Fluid Service - Drain, refill and bleed the brake system every 60,000 miles (100 000 km).
Use only new DOT-3 fluid from a sealed container.
*
An Emission Control Service.
The or the California Air Resources Board has maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of vehicle useful life. General
Motors, however, urges that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded in “Section E: Maintenance
Record.” r
217
...
Maintenance Schedule
iection B: Owner Checks and Services
Listed below are owner checks and services which should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety, dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle. Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once. Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown in Section D.
At Each Fuel Fill
(It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill.)
CHECK
OR SERVICE
I
WHAT TO DO
Engine Oil Level Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for further details.
Engine Coolant Level
Windshield Washer
Fluid Level
Hood Latch Operation if necessary. See “Coolant” in the Index for further details.
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index for further details.
Pull the primary hood latch release handle inside the vehicle. The secondary latch should keep the hood from opening all the way when the primary latch is released. Make sure the hood closes firmly. See “Hood Release” in the Index for further details.
. .
.218
r
At Least Once
CHECK
OR
SERVICE a
Month
I
WHAT TO DO
Check tire inflation. Make sure they are inflated to the pressures specified on the Tire-Loading Tire Inflation I
Cassette Deck
I
At least Twice a Year
Information label located on the driver’s door lock pillar. See “Tires” further details.
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every in the Index for further details. in the Index for
15 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems”
CHECK
OR
SERVICE
WHAT TO DO
Fluid Level Check Check the transfer case, axle differential(s) and automatic or manual transmission fluid levels and. add as needed. See “Transfer Case,” “Axle, Rear” “Axle, Front” and “Automatic Trans- mission” or “Manual Transmission” in the Index. A fluid loss in these systems could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired at once.
219
...
Maintenance Schedule
Section B: Owner Checks and Services
(Cont.)
At Least Once a Year
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Key Lock Cylinders
Body Lubrication
WHAT TO DO
D.
Lubricate all body door hinges. Also lubricate all hinges and latches, including those for the hood, rear compartment, glove box door, console door and any folding seat hardware. Section
D
tells you what to use.
Starter Switch
1.
Before you start, be sure you have enough room around the vehicle.
2.
Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the regular brake.
NOTE: Do off the engine immediately if it starts.
3.
On automatic transmission vehicles, try to start the engine in each gear. The starter should work only in “P” (Park) or “N” (Neutral). If the starter works in any other position, your vehicle needs service. halfway and try to start the engine. The starter should work only when the clutch is pushed down, your vehicle needs service.
1
-
.
.220
At Least Once a Year
(CONT.)
CHECK
OR SERVICE
WHAT TO DO
!
I
Brake Transmission
Shift Interlock
-
BTSI
(Automatic Transmis- sion)
Steering Column Lock
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. (See “Parking Brake” in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3.
With the engine off, turn the key to the “ON” position, but don’t start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of “P” (Park) with normal effort,
If the shift lever moves out of “P” (Park) , your vehicle’s BTSI needs service.
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn the key to “LOCK” in each shift lever position.
0
With an automatic transmission, the key should turn to “LOCK” only when the shift lever is in “P” (Park).
With a manual transmission, the key will turn to “LOCK” only if you push the key in farther, while turning it towards “LOCK.”
On vehicles with the key release lever, try to turn the key to “LOCK” without pressing the lever.
The key should turn to “LOCK” only with the key lever depressed. On all vehicles, the key should come out only in “LOCK”.
I
I ’
L L I
. . .
Maintenance Schedule
Section B: Owner Checks and Services
(Cont.)
At Least Once a Year
(CONT.)
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Parking Brake and
Automatic Transmission
“P” (Park) Mechanism
Check
Underbody Flushing
WHAT TO DO the regular brake, set the parking brake.
0
To check the parking brake: With the engine running and transmission in
“N”
(Neutral),
Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
To check the “P” (Park) mechanism’s holding ability: Shift to “P” (Park). Then release all brakes. If your vehicle
is
four-wheel drive, be sure the transfer case is not in
“N”
(Neutral).
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect.
I
.
.222
Maintenance Schedule
Section C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed below are inspections and services which should be performed at least twice
a
year (for instance, each spring and fall).
You should let your GM dealer’s service dep,artment or other qualified service center do these jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
‘ 7 m i -
OR SERVICE
WHAT SHOULD BE DONE
Restraint Systems Now and then, make sure all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, anchorages and reminder systems are working properly. Look for any loose parts or damage. If you see anything that might keep a restraint system from doing its job, have it repaired.
Steering, Suspension and Front-Wheel-Drive
Axle Boot and Seal
Inspection
Exhaust System
Inspection
I Throttle Linkage
InsDection
Inspect the froht and rear suspension and steering system for damaged, loose or missing parts, signs of wear, or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering lines and hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Clean and then inspect the drive axle boot seals for damage, tears or leakage. Replace seals if necessary.
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body near the exhaust system.
Look
for broken, damaged, missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams, holes, loose connections, or other conditions which could cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust’’ in the Index.
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding, and for damaged or missing parts.
Replace parts as needed.
I
I
I
223.
I
Maintenance Schedule
Section C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
(cont.)
INSPECTION
OR SERVICE
Rear Axle (All) and
Front Axle (Four-
Wheel Drive) Service
Brake System
Inspection
Clutch System Service
WHAT SHOULD BE DONE
Check the gear lubricant level and add if needed. See “Rear Axle” and “Four-Wheel Drive” in the Index. A fluid loss may indicate a problem. Check the system(s), and repair the system(s) if needed. Refer to “Scheduled Maintenance Services,” earlier in this part, to determine when to change the lubricant.
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks, inspect drum brake linings for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc. Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions result in frequent braking.
NOTE:
A
low brake fluid level can indicate worn disc brake pads which may need to be serv- iced. Also, if the brake system warning light stays on or comes on, something may be wrong with either the regular or rear wheel anti-lock brake system, or both systems. See “Brake System
Warning Light” in the Index.
Check clutch pedal free travel and adjust as necessary. See “Clutch Adjustment” in the Index.
.
.
. .
.224
Maintenance Schedule
Section D: Recommended Fluids
&
Lubricants
NOTE:
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number or specification may be obtained from your GM Dealer.
USAGE
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
FLUID/LUBRICANT
API service
SH
or SG Energy Conserving I1 oils of the proper viscosity. The “SH” or “SG” designation may be shown alone or in combination with others, such as “SH/CD,” or “SH, SG,
CD,” “SGKD,” etc. To determine the preferred viscosity for your vehicle’s engine, see “Engine
Oil” in the Index.
50/50 mixture of water (preferably distilled) and good quality ethylene glycol base antifreeze
(GM Part No. 1052753 or equivalent) conforming to GM Specification 1825M or approved recycled coolant conforming to GM Specification
1825M.
Delco-Supreme 11’” Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 1052535 or equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid). Hydraulic Brake
System
Parking Brake Guides Chassis lubricant (GM Part No. 1052497 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB.
DEXR0N’-IIE Automatic Transmission Fluid. Power Steering
System
Manual Transmission
Automatic
Transmission
SAE 75W-90 GL-4 (GM Part No. 12346074 Castrol‘ Syntorq GL-4 or equivalent) or SAE
75W-90 GL-5 Gear Lubricant.
DEXRON3-III or DEXRON”-IIE Automatic Transmission Fluid.
225.
. .
Maintenance Schedule
Section D: Recommended Fluids
&
Lubr *icants
(Cont.)
USAGE
Key Lock Cylinders
Manual Transmission
Shift Linkage
Automatic
Transmission
Shift Linkage
Clutch Linkage Pivot
Points
Floor Shift Linkage
Chassis Lubrication
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Lubricate with Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345120) or synthetic SAE 5W-30 engine oil.
Chassis lubricant (GM Part No. 1052497 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine oil.
Lithium base grease.
Engine oil.
Chassis lubricant (GM Part No. 1052497 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB.
.
.226
USAGE
Rear Axle
(All)
and
Front Axle (Four-
Wheel Drive)
Windshield Washer
Solvent
Transfer Case (Four-
Wheel Drive)
Hood Latch Assembly a. Pivots and Spring
Anchor b. Release Pawl
FLUID/LUBRICANT
SAE 7SW-90
GL-5 Hypoid Gear Lubricant.
GM Optikleen@ Washer Solvent (GM Part No. 105 15 15) or equivalent.
SAE
75W-90 GL-4 Gear Lubricant. a. Engine oil. b. Chassis lubricant (GM Part No. 1052497 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine oil or Lubriplate Lubricant (GM Part No. lOSOlO9). Hood, Door and Lift- gate Hinges, Rear
Folding Seat, Fuel
Door Hinge, Rear
Compartment Lid
Hinges
Weatherstrips Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recommended replacement filters, valves and spark plugs.
J
227.
. .
Maintenance Schedule
Section E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading and who performed the service in the columns indicated. When completing the Maintenance Performed column, insert the numbers from the Schedule I or Schedule I1 maintenance charts which correspond to the maintenance performed. Also, you should retain all maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio is a convenient place to store them.
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
. .
.228
OATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
229
. . .
Maintenance Schedule
Section E: Maintenance Record
(Cont.)
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED
BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
~~
. .
.230
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
231
. .
,
Maintenance Schedule
Section E: Maintenance Record
(cont.)
DATE
I
SERVICED BY
ODOMETER READING
1
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
. .
,232
Part
8
Customer Assistance Information
H e r e you will find out how to contact ChevroletlGeo if you need assistance. This part also tells you how to obtain service publications and how to report any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . 234
Customer Assistance tor the Hearing or Speech Impaired . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
,
. . 234
G M Participation in BBB AUTO LINE
-
Alternative
Dispute Resolution Program
Reporting Safety
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 236
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance Program
Canadian Roadside Assistance . . .
. .
,
. . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Service Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 I
233
.
I I .
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and
Chevrolet/Geo. Normally, any concern with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer’s Sales or Service Departments.
Sometimes, however, despite the best intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE:
Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. I f the matter has already been reviewed with the Sales,
Service, or Parts Manager, contact the owner of the dealership or the General
Manager.
STEP TWO:
If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help, contact the ChevroletEeo Customer
Assistance Center by calling
1-800-222- 1020. In Canada, contact GM of Canada Customer Assistance Center in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
In Mexico, call (525) 254-3777. In
Puerto Rico or U.S. Virgin Islands. call
1-809-763- I3 IS. In
all
other overseas locations,, contact GM North American
Export Salcs in Canada by calling
1-905-644-4 I 12.
For prompt assistance. please have the following information available t o give the Customer Assistance Representative:
0
Your name. address. home and business telephone numbers
0
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the left top of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield.)
Dealership name and location
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
Nature of concern
We encourage you to call the toll-free number listed previously in order to give your inquiry prompt attention. However. if you wish to write Chevrolet/Geo, write to:
Chevrolet/Geo
Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
Refer to your Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information booklet for addresses of Canadian and GM Overseas offices.
When contacting Chevrolet/Geo, please remember that your concern will likely be resolved in the dealership, using the dealership’s fxilities, equipment and personnel. That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or
Speech Impaired (TDD)
To assist customers who have hearing difficulties, Chevrolet/Geo has installed special TDD (Telecommunication
Devices for the Deaf) equipment at its
Customer Assistance Center. Any hearing or speech impaired customer who has access to a TDD or a conventional teletypewriter (TTY) can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing:
1 -800-TDD-CHEV ( 1-800-833-2438).
(TDD users in Canada can dial
I-800-263-3830.}
. .
.234
1
GM Participation in
BBB AUTO LINE
=
Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program
*
Both Chevrolet/Geo and your
Chevrolet/Geo dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle. Our experience has shown that, if a situation arises where you feel your concern has not been adequately addressed, the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure described earlier in this section is very successful.
There may be instances where an impartial third-party can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these disagreements
Chevrolet/Geo voluntarily participates in
BBB AUTO LINE.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program administered by the Better
Business Bureau system to settle disputes between customers and automobile manufacturers.
This
program is available free of charge to customers who currently own or lease a GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after following the
Customer Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name and address, your vehicle identification number (VIN), and a statement of the nature of your complaint. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and other factors.
We prefer you utilize the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE, but you may contact the
BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary between you and
Chevrolet/Geo. If this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing will be scheduled where eligible customers may present their case to an impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be bound by that decision. The entire dispute resolution procedure should ordinarily take about forty days from the time you file a claim until a decision is made.
Some state laws may require you to use this program before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program or in the courts. For further information, contact the BBB at 1-800-955-5100 or the
Chevrolet/Geo Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222- 1020.
*This program may not be available in all states, depending on state law.
Canadian owners refer to your
Warranty and Owner Assistance information booklet. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue its participation in this program.
235.
. .
Customer Assistance Information
Reporting Safety
Defects to the United
States Government
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles. it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General
Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-800-424-9393 (or 366-01
23
in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA
U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the
Hotline.
Reporting Safety
Defects to the Canadian
Government
If
you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect. you should immediately notify Transport
Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K I G 332
Reporting Safety
Defects to General
Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify us. Please
:all us at 1-800-222- 1020, or write:
Chevrolet/Geo
Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, please call us at
1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854(French).
Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L I H 8P7
. .
.236
w
Chevrolet/Geo
Roadside Assistance
Program
To enhance Chevrolet/Geo's strong commitment to customer satisfaction,
Chevrolet/Geo is excited to provide the services of the Chevrolet/Geo Roadside
Assistance Center.
Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, by calling
1
-800-CHEV USA (1 -800-243-8872).
This toll-free number will provide you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor mechanical problems. If your problem cannot be resolved over the phone, our advisors have access to a nationwide network of dealer recommended service providers. The following services are available:
0
0
Towing
Locksmith
0
Tire Repair
0
0
Rental car or taxi
Additional services as necessary
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that will provide you with quality and priority service. When roadside services are required, our advisors will explain any payment obligations that may be incurred for utilizing outside services.
For prompt assistance when calling, please have the following available to give to the advisor:
0
0
0
Vehicle Identification Number
License plate number
Vehicle color
Vehicle location
0
0
0
Telephone number where you can be reached
Vehicle mileage
Description of problem
Canadian Roadside
Assistance
Vehicles purchased in CANADA have an extensive ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Program accessible from anywhere in
Canada or the U.S.A. Please refer to the separate brochure provided by the dealer or call 1-800-268-6800 for emergency services. w
Courtesy Transportation
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy
Transportation for customers needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by the BUMPER TO
BUMPER New Vehicle Limited Warranty to retail and retail lease purchasers of
1994 ChevroletlGeo passenger cars and light-duty trucks.
Courtesy Transportation includes:
0
0
One-way SHUTTLE RIDE for any warranty repair completed during the same day.
Up to $30 maximum daily VEHICLE
RENTAL allowance for any overnight warranty repair up to 5 days.
OR
237..
.
Cu.stomer Assistance Information
0
0
Up to
$30
maximum daily CAB,
BUS,
or OTHER public transportation allowance in lieu of rental for any
5 days.
OR
Up to $10 daily FUEL allowance for rides provided by another person (i.e., friend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu of rental or other public transportation for any overnight warranty repair up to
5 days.
Service Publications
[nformation on how to obtain Product
Service Publications (PSP’s) and Indexes
3s described below is applicable only in
$e fifty
U.S.
states (and the District of
Columbia) and only for cars and light trucks with GVWR less than 10,000 pounds (4 kg).
[n Canada, information pertaining to
Product Service Bulletins and Indexes can be .obtained by writing to:
Note:
arrangements
will
be administered by your ChevroletIGeo dealership service management.
Claim
amounts should reflect all actual costs.
0
All Courtesy Transportation
ChevroletlGeo Courtesy
Transportation is not
part
of the
BUMPER TO
BUMPER
New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet‘Geo reserves the right to make any changes or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any
time
without notification.
For additional program details, contact your ChevroletlGeo dealer.
In Canada, please consult your GM
Dealer for information on courtesy transportation.
General Motors of Canada Limited
Service Publications Department
1908
Colonel Sam
Dr.
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8W
Chevrolet/Geo regularly sends its dealers useful service bulletins about
ChevroletlGeo products. ChevroletlGeo monitors product performance in the field. We then prepare bulletins for servicing our products better. Now, you can get these bulletins too.
Bulletins cover various subjects. Some pertain to the proper use and care of your vehicle. Some describe costly repairs.
Others describe inexpensive repairs which, if done on time with the latest parts, may avoid future costly repairs.
Some bulletins tell a technician how to
. .
.238
:epair a new or unexpected condition.
3thers
describe a quicker way to fix your vehicle. They can help a technician service your vehicle better.
Most bulletins apply to conditions affecting a small number of cars or trucks.
Your Chevrolet/Geo dealer or a qualified technician may have to determine if a specific bulletin applies to your vehicle.
[ndividual PSP’s
If you don’t want to buy all the PSP’s issued by ChevroletlGeo for all car or truck models in the model year, you can buy individual PSP’s, such as those which may pertain to a particular model. To do this, you will first need to see our index of PSP’s. It provides
a
variety of information. Here’s what you’ll find in the index and how you can get one:
What You’ll Find in the Index:
0
A
list
of
all
PSP’s
published by
ChevroletlGeo in a model year
(1
990 or later). PSP’s covering all models of ChevroletlGeo cars or light trucks
(less than 10,000 pounds (4 536
kg)
GVWR) are listed in the same index.
0
0
Ordering information so you can buy the specific PSP’s you may want.
Price information for the PSP’s y ~ p may want to buy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexes are published periodically. Most of the PSP’s which could potentially apply to the most recent Chevrolet/Geo models will be listed in the most recent publication for that model year. p i s means you may want to wait until the end of the model year before ordering an index, if you are interested in buying
PSP’s pertaining to a current model year car or truck.
Some PSP’s pertaining to a particular model year vehicle may be published in later years, and these would be listed in the later year’s index. When you order an index for a model year that is not over yet, we’ll send you the most recently published issue. Check the ordering form for indexes for earlier model years.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If you want an additional ordering form for an index, just call toll-free and we’ll be happy to send you one. Automated recording equipment will take your name and mailing address. The number to call is 1-800-55 1-4 123.
A VERY IMPORTANT REMINDER:
These PSP’s are meant for technicians.
They are not meant for the
“do-it-yourselfer.” Technicians have the squipment, tools, safety instructions, and know-how to do a job quickly and safely.
Chevrolet/Geo Service Publications
You can get these by using the order form.
Cut out the ordering form, fill it out, and mail it in. We will then see to i i that an index is mailed to you. There is no charge for indexes for the 1990- 1994 model years.
239.
. .
Year Form Number
Customer Assistance Information
1994
CHEVROLET/GEO SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering the operation and servicing of h r m order or credit card information to Helm, Incorporated (address listed
CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1994 GEO TRACKER
PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS SERVICE MANUALS ing, body, etc.
A cumulative index is published quarterly during the current model Model Form Number Price
1993 PSPI-93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1990-92 PSPI-90-92
PSP Index
1994 PSPI-94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Price
Free
Free
Free
1994 Geo Tracker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST-377-94 $60.00
NOTE: Please specify special body or engine types on order form.
Write information in the Form Number column. For example: Turbo,
Convertible.
OWNER’S INFORMATION
Owner publications are written directly for Owners and intended to pro- vide basic operational information about the vehicle. The Owner’s
Year Description
1991 All PSP’S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSP-91-4 40.00
Form Number Price
1990 All PSP’S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSP-904
For subscription information call Helm, Incorporated.
40.00
1994 Geo Tracker Owner’s Manual
1994 Geo Tracker In-Portfolio . . . . . . . . . . .lo260660 $15.00
Without Portfolio: Includes Owner‘s Manual.
1994 Geo Tracker Without Portfolio . . . . . .lo260663 $10.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS Address
Service Publications are available for current and past model
Chevrolet/Geo vehicles. To request an order form, please specify year and model name of vehicle. all inquiries to: HELM, INCORPORATED
RO. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
For 1-800-?82-4356
..
.240
CHEVROLET/GEO SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDER FORM
NOTE: Please complete form below (Print or Type) and MAIL TO:
Post Office Box 07130, Detroit, Michigan 48207
ORDER TOLL FREE
-8001782-4356
(Monday-Friday 8:OO A.M.-6:00 P.M. EST)
NOTE Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or of company name, and the person to whose attention the shipment should
U.S.A. be sent. please write to the above address for quotation.
NAME) (CUSTOMER (ATENTON)
(STREET ADDRESS-NO P.O. BOX NUMBERS) ( A P T . NO.) Account
Number:
1 1 1 1 1
Expiration
Date molyr: r l r
11111 m l
Check here if your billing shown.
(CUSTOMER SIGNATURE)
J
Prices are subject to change without
Orders cannot be returned w'Wout
+ prior authorization. A restocking fee may apply.
NOTE TO CANADIAN CUSTOMERS make
C ~ ~ A S
Requests listed prices funds. Tocovsr for manuals prlnted
Pleaw allow adequate time for postal senrice. are
Canadian Wage, add $1 1.5Oplus the U.S. are to
Handling Charge. in French should directed to Canadtan General Motors dealerships.
241
. . .
Notes
.
.242
A bout Driving Your Tracker . . . . . 3
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Add-on Electrical Equipment . . . . . 196
Adding Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Additives. Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Adjustment. Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Adjustable Steering Column
Air Filter Replacement
. . . . . . 53
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Air Conditioner Controls . . . . . . . . . 85
. . . . . . . . . . . 166
Air Intake Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Airflow Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Alignment and Tire Balance
.
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
With Cassette Tape and Compact
Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
With Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . 89
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Anti-Lock Brakes
To Use
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I89
Appearance Care and Materials . . . . 195
Appearance Care. Service and
Approaching a Hill
. . . . . 155
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0
Ashtrays and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Ashtray. Front
Ashtray. Rear
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Assist Grips. Passenger . . . . . . . . . . 62
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Audio Systems. Comfort
Controls and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Automatic
Freewheeling Hubs
Transmission
. . . . . . . . . . . 47
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Axle. Front
Axle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
.
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
B a b i e s . Smaller Children and (Safety Belts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Balance. Wheel Alignment and Tire
Battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
BBB Auto Line
-
Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program. GM
Participation in . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Before Leaving on a Long Trip . . . .
Belt. Lap-Shoulder
120
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Bi-Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Bin. Coinholder and . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Bins. Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Blizzard. If You’re Caught in a
Box. Glove
. . . 124
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Brakes
Adjustment
Anti-Lock (ABS)
Fluid
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 74
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . 174
Parking
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
. . . . . . . . . 48
Brakes
Pedal Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i76
System Parts. Replacing . . . . . . . . 176
System Warning Light
Trailer
. . . . . . . . . 69
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i27
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Braking (Control of a Vehicle) . . . . . 102
Braking in Emergencies
“Break.In.
. . . . . . . . . . 104
..
New Vehicle . . . . . . . . 39
Bright Metal Parts. Protecting
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Center High-Mounted
Stoplight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Front Parking and Turn Signal
Headlights
. . . 178
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Rear Combination
Rear Sidemarker
. . . . . . . . . . . . 180
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Sidemarker
Bulbs. Halogen
. . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Bulbs. Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
C a n a d i a n Roadside Assistance . . . 237
Canvas Top
Preparing for Storage . . . . . . . . . . 80
Removing and Installing Your
Special Care for
. . . 76
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Capacities and Specifications
Carbon Monoxide
. . . . . . 200
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
243
. . .
Index
Care
Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Canvas Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . 97
Compact Discs
Safety Belts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Case. Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Case. Transfer (Service) . . . . . . . . . . 170
Cassette Tape. To Play a
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and Cornpact Disc Player . . . . . 94
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player.
AM/FM Stereo with . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Cassette Tape Player. AM/FM
Stereo with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Cassette Tape Player. Care ofYour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Certification/Tire Label
Chains. Tire
. . . . . . . . . . 18 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . 70
Check Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Checking Things under the
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Chemical Paint Spotting
. . 33
. . . . . . . . . . 194
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Chevrolet/Geo Service Publications
(Ordering Information)
Child Restraints
. . . . . . . . 240
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right Front Seat
. 28
. . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Top Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Where to Put the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Children (Safety Belts) . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Children. Larger (Safely Belts) . . . . 32
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Circuit Breakers. Fuses and . . . . . . . 196
City Driving
Cleaner. Air
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Cleaning
Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . 193
Canvas Top
Fabric
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I90
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Inside of Your Geo . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Instrument Panel. Top of
Leather
. . . . . . . 19 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 1
Outside of Your Geo
Problems. Special
. . . . . . . . . . 192
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . 192
Clock. Setting the
Clutch Adjustment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . I69
Coinholder and Bin
Comfort Controls
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Comfort Controls and Audio
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Compact Disc. To Play a
. . . . . . . . .
95
Compact Disc Player.
AM/FM
Stereo with Cassette Tape and
. . . . . . . . .
93
Compact Discs. Care of Your
Compartments. Door Storage
. . . . . . 98
. . . . . . 60
Compartments. Storage and
Control of a Vehicle
. . . . . . . 60
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Control. Loss of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Controls
Air Conditioner
Brightness
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Comfort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Features and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . 59
Coolant
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
How to Add to the Coolant
Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
How to Add to the Radiator
Temperature Gage. Engine
. . . . . 144
. . . . . . 70
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Courtesy Transportation
Cupholder
. . . . . . . . . . 237
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Curves. Driving on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
...
244
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired (TDD)
. . . . .
234
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
. .
233
. . .
234
D a m a g e . Finish
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Daytime Running Lights . . . . . . . . . 56
Daytime Running Lights Indicator
Light ....................... 72
Deep Standing Water.
Driving through
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
Defects. Safety
Reporting to General Motors
. . . .
236
Reporting to the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Reporting to the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Defogger. Rear Window
. . . . . . . . .
86
Defogging and Defrosting
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Dehumidifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Dimensions. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Doing Your Own Service Work
Dome Light
. . . . 156
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
Door Locks .................... 37
. . . . . . 60 Door Storage Compartments
Downhill. Driving
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 12
Drive. Four-wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Drive. Four-wheel (Service) . . . . . . 170
Driver Position (Safety Belts)
. . .
20
Driving
Across an Incline
At Night
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
3
....................
1
16
City ........................ 119
Defensive
Downhill
Drunken
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12
.................... 100
Freeway .................... 120
Guidelines
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107
In Mud. Sand. Ice or Snow
In the Rain
In Water
. . . . . 1 15
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
.................... 115
0ff.Road. With Your Geo Four-
Wheel-Drive Vehicle
On Curves
. . . . . . . .
108
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
104
On Off-Road Hills
On Snow or Ice
. . . . . . . . . . . .
I10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Through Deep Standing Water
Uphill
. . .
41
......................
111
Winter ...................... 122
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Your Tracker. About
Drunken Driving
. . . . . . . . . . . 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
E a s y Entry Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Electrical Equipment. Add-on
Emergencies. Braking in
Emergencies. Steering in
. . . . . 196
. . . . . . . . . 104
. . . . . . . . . 105
Engine
Coolant
.....................
170
Coolant (Block) Heater
. . . . . . . .
41
Coolant Temperature Gage
Exhaust
. . . . . 70
.....................
51
Identification
Oil
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
........................
162
Oil Pressure Light
Overheating
. . . . . . . . . . . .
71
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Specifications
Starting Your
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
Environment. Your Vehicle and the
.....................
204
Exhaust. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Extender. Safety Belt
. . . . . . .
1
. . . . 33
Exterior Bright Metal Parts.
Protecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
F a b r i c Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Fan Control Lever
Filling Your Tank
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Features and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . 35
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Filter. Air. Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 166
Finish Care (Paint) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Finish Damage (Paint) . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Flashers. Hazard Warning
Flat Tire. Changing a
Flat. If a Tire Goes
. . . . . . . . 132
. . . . . . . . . . . . 146
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Flow-Through Ventilation System
. . 86
245
..
Index
Fluid
Automatic Transmission
Brake
. . . . . . . 167
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 168
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Folding Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Foreign Countries. Fuels in . . . . . . . 1.57
Foreign Material Paint Damage . . . . 194
Four-wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Four-wheel Drive (Service) . . . . . . . 170
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle. Off-Road
Driving With Your Geo . . . . . . . . 108
Freeway Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Freewheeling Hubs
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Front
Ashtray
Axle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
Seat Side Pockets
Seatbacks. Reclining
Towing Hook-ups
Fuel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
. . . . . . . . . . I O
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
FuelGage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . 157
Fuse Block, Instrument Panel . . . . . 198
Fuse Block, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 196
G a g e s
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . 70
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Warning Lights and Indicators . . . 68
Gasolines for Cleaner Air . . . . . . . . 157
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 1
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
GM Participation in RBB Auto Line
.
Alrernative Dispute Resolution
Program
Grips
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
.
Passenger Assist . . . . . . . . . . 62
Guidelines. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
H a l o g e n Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . 132
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 1
Headlight High/Low Beam
Headlights
. . . . . . . 56
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Heater. Engine Coolant (Block) . . . . 41
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . 121
Hill. Approaching a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 I O
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Hood Release
Hood
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IS9
.
Checking Things under the . . 159
Hook.Ups
.
Front Towing . . . . . . . . . 138
Hook.Ups. Rear Towing . . . . . . . . . I39
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . 142
How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 4
Hubs. Freewheeling
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Hypnosis. Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Identification Number. Vehicle . . . . 196
Identification. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
If You’re Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice o r Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Ignition Switch
Incline
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
.
Driving Across an . . . . . . . . 113
Incline. Stalling on a n . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Intlation
-
. . . . . . . . . . 184
Inside Day/Night Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Inside Rearview Mirror
Instrument Cluster
. . . . . . . . . . 59
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Bins
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
. . . . . . . . . . . 61
Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . 198
Instrument Panel
.
Cleaning the
Topof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Interior Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
J u m p Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
...
246
1
K e y s ....................... 36
L a b e l . Certification/Tire
. . . . . . . .
18 1
Label. Service Parts Identification
Lamp. Malfunction Indicator
. .
196
. . . . . .
7 1
Lane Change Indicator.
Turn Signal and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Lap-Shoulder Belt (Safety Belts)
Larger Children (Safety Belts)
. . . 20
. . . . . 32
Leaving Your Vehicle
. . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Leaving Your Vehicle with the
Engine Running
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49
Lighter. Ashtrays and
. . . . . . . . . . . .
62
Lights
Brake System Warning
Bulb Replacement
. . . . . . . . . 69
. . . . . . . . . . . .
177
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
70 Charging System
Check Engine
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
Daytime Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Daytime Running Lights
Indicator
Dome
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Pressure
72
...................... 57
. . . . . . . . . . . 71
. .
68
Gages and Indicators. Warning
Interior ..................... 57
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 71
Operation of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety Belt Reminder
Lights On Reminder
. . . . . . . . . . 19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Loading Your Vehicle . . . . .
181
Locks. Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Loss of Control
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107
Lubricant
Front Axle
Rear Axle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
169
Recommended
Transfer Case
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
225
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
M a i n Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Maintenance
Inspections. Periodic
Record
. . . . . . . . . .
223
.....................
228
Schedule .................... 203
Services. Scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . 129
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . 71
Manual
Adjust Mirrors. Outside
Freewheeling Hubs
. . . . . . . . 60
. . . . . . . . . . .
46
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Transmission. Five-Speed
Windows
. . . . . .
44
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52
Master Cylinder. Brake
. . . . . . . . . .
174
Mirrors
Convex Outside
Inside Rearview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Daymight Rearview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Outside Manual Adjust
Mountain Roads. Hill and
59
. . . . . 59
. . . . . . . . 60
. . . . . . . . 121
N e w Vehicle “Break-In”
Night Driving
Night Vision
Nuts. Wheel
. . . . . . . 39
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
116
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
202
Od o met er. Speedometer and
Odometer. Trip
. . . . .
66
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Off-Road Driving
After
.......................
116
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108 Before You Go
Getting Familiar With . . . . . . . . . 109
Loading Your Vehicle for . . . . . . . 108
On Hills .................... 110
With Your Geo Four-Wheel-Drive
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Off-Road Recovery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Oil. Engine .................... 162
Opening and Closing Your Rear
Window
....................
75
Opening and Closing Your sunroof ..................... 74
Operation of Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Outside Manual Adjust Mirrors
Overheating. Engine
. . . . 60
. . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . 218
P
(Park) Shifting into
P (Park). Shifting out of
. . .
. . .
. . . . 48
. . . . 49
247
...
Paint
Chemical Spotting
Finish Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Finish Damage
Foreign Material
. . . . . . . . . . . .
194
............... 194
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Parking
Brake ...................... 48
On Hills (Trailer Towing)
. . . . . .
128
Over Things That
Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Parts. Replacement
Burn . . . . . . . .
51
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Passenger Assist Grips
. . . . . . . . . . .
62
. .
23 Passenger Positions (Safety Belts)
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
Right Front
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
Passengers. Rear Seat
(Safety Belts)
Passing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
....................... 106
Passing Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Pedal Travel. Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Pockets. Front Seat Side
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Power Steering Fluid
. .
. . . . . . . . . .
223
61
. . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Pregnancy. Safety Belt Use during .................... 23
Preparing Your Canvas Top for
Storage ..................... 80
Pressure Cap. Radiator
Problems on the Road
. . . . . . . . . . . 172
. . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Parts
.......................
192
Publications. Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Questions Many People Ask about
Safety Belts -
Here are
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . 172
Radiator. How to Add Coolant to the
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
Radio Reception. Understanding . . . 97
Radio. To Play the
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
AM/FM
Stereo with Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player
. . . . .
93
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player .................... 89
Rain. Driving in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 7
Rainy Weather Tips. Some Other . . . 118
Rear
Ashtray
Axle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
.......................
169
Seat Passengers (Safety Belts)
Seat. Folding
. . . 33
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Seat. Securing a Child Restraint in the .....................
28
Swing-Out Side Windows
Towing Hook-Ups
. . . . . . 52
. . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Rear
Window Defogger
. . . . . . . . . . . .
86
Window Wipermasher . . . . . . . . 59
Window. Opening and Closing
Your ..................... 75
Window. Removing and Installing
Your
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
Rearview Mirror
Inside
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
Inside Daymight
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
Reclining Front Seatbacks
. . . . . . . .
10
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Recovery
Hooks.
Using the
. . . . . . .
154
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Recovery. Off-Road
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Release. Hood
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
159
Reminder Light. Safety Belt
. . . . . .
129
...... 19
Reminder. Lights On . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Remote Areas. Traveling to . . . . . . . 109
Removing and Installing Your
Canvas Top
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
Removing and Installing Your
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Replacement
Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Bulbs (Part Numbers)
Bulbs (Service)
Parts
. . . . . . . . . .
199
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
.......................
200
Wheel ...................... 187
Wheels. Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Replacing Brake System Parts . . . . . 176
Replacing Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . 236
Restraint Systems. Seats and . . . . . . 9
Restraints
Checking Your System
Child
. . . . . . . . . 33
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 1
Where to Put the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Right Front Passenger Position
(Safety Belts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Right Front Seat. Securing a Child
Restraint in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Road. Problems on the . . . . . . . . . . . 13 I
Road. Your Driving and the
Roads. Hill and Mountain
. . . . . . . 99
. . . . . . . . 121
Roadside Assistance Program.
Chevrolet/Geo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Roadside Assistance. Canadian . . . . 237
Rocking Your Vehicle to Get
It
out
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rotation. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Running Lights. Daytime . . . . . . . . . 56
Running Your Engine while
You’re Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
S a f e t y Belts
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Care of
Children
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Safety Belts
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
How to Wear Properly . . . . . . . . . 19
Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Larger Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Questions People Ask
Reminder Light
. . . . . . . . . 18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 34
Smaller Children and Babies
They’re for Everyone
. . . . 26
. . . . . . . . . . 15
Use during Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . 23
Why They Work
Safety Chains
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Safety Defects
Reporting to General Motors . . . . 236
Reporting to the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Reporting to the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Safety Warnings and Symbols
Scanning the Terrain
. . . . . 5
. . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Schedule. Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 203
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . 206
Scheduled Maintenance Services.
Explanation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 14
Seats
And Restraint Systems
And Seat Controls
. . . . . . . . . 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Easy Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Folding Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Seatback. Reclining Front . . . . . . . . 10
Securing a Child Restraint
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Right Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
And Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . 155
Parts Identification Label
Publications
. . . . . . . 196
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Publications Ordering Information.
Chevrolet/Geo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Work. Doing Your Own
Setting the Clock
. . . . . . . . 156
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Sheet Metal Damage
Shift Speeds
. . . . . . . . . . . . 193
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Shifting into P (Park)
Shifting out of P (Park)
. . . . . . . . . . . . 48
. . . . . . . . . . 49
Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Smaller Children and Babies
(Safety Belts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Snow or Ice. Driving on . . . . . . . . . . 123
Speakers. Adjusting the
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player . . . . . 94
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Special Care for Canvas Top
Starting Your Engine
. . . . . . 193
Specifications. Capacities and
Speedometer and Odometer
. . . . . 200
. . . . . . . 66
Stalling on an Incline . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
. . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Starting. Jump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
249
. .
Index
Steam Corning from Your Engine
Steering
. . 140
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Column. Adjustable
Fluid. Power
. . . . . . . . . . . 53
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Storage
Compartments. Door . . . . . . . . . . 60
Preparing Your Canvas Top for
Vehicle
. . 80
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow
Sun Visors
. . 153
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sunroof. Opening and Closing
Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Switch. Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Symbols. Safety Warnings and
. . . . 5
Symbols. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tachometer
Tailgate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
Tank. Filling Your
Theft
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Temperature Control Lever
Terrain. Scanning the
. . . . . . . 84
. . . . . . . . . . . . 109
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Theft Deterrent Feature
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player . . . . . 96
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player
Thermostat
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Tips. Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Tips. Ventilation
Tires
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Balance. Wheel Alignment and
Buying New
. . 187
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Inflation Pressure
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
184
Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . 185
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 I
Temperature Grades . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Traction Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Uniform Quality Grading
. . . . . . .
186
When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . 186
Tone. Setting the
AM/FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and Compact Disc Player . . . . . 93
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player .................... 90
Top Strap (Child Restraints) . . . . . . . 28
Top. Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Torque Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Towing
A Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Front Hook-Ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Rear Hook-Ups
Recreational Vehicle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
. . . . . . . . . . 129
Your Vehicle
Trailer Brakes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Trailer. Towing a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Transfer Case (Service) . . . . . . . . . . 170
Transmission
Automatic
Manual
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fluid. Automatic
Fluid. Manual
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Transportation. Courtesy
Traveling to Remote Areas
Trip Odometer
. . . . . . . . . 237
. . . . . . . 109
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Trip. Before Leaving on a Long . . . . 120
Turn Signal and Lane Change
Indicator .................... 54
Turn SignalLights Control/Headlight
Beam Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Underbody Maintenance
. . . . . . . 194
Understanding Radio Reception
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Uphill. Driving
. . . 97
. . . . . 186
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Used Oil. What to Do With
Used Replacement Wheels
Using the Recovery Hooks
. . . . . . . 165
. . . . . . . . 189
. . . . . . . 154
Vehicle
Control of a
Damage Warnings
Dimensions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
. . . . . . . . . . . . 6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Environment and Your
Identification Number
. . . . . . . . . 204
(VIN) . . . . 196
...
250
Deep Standing
Vehicle
Leaving Your
Loading Your
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 8 1
Off-Road-Driving With Your Geo
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . 108
Parking Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SO
Rocking
Storage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Towing Your
Towing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I36
.
Recreational . . . . . . . . . . 129
Washing Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Ventilation System
.
Flow-Through . . . . . . . . . 86
Ventilation Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Vision. Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 7
Visors
.
Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
I
.
Devices
.
Other
Hazard Flashers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Lights. Gages and Indicators
Safety
. . . . 68
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
Vehicle Darnage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Washer Fluid. Windshield
Washers
. . . . . . . . 174
.
Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Water. Driving in
Water
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 I S
.
Driving Through
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Veatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Weight of the Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Wheel N u t Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Vheels
Alignment and Tire Balance
A l u m i n u m
. . . . 187
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Used Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Where to Put the Restraint
(Child Restraints) . . . . . .
Nhy Safety Belts Work
. . 2 7
. . . . . . . . . . 16
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Defogging and Defrosting . . . . . . 85
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Rear Swing-Out Side . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Rear Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 windshield
Cleaning
Washers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Wipermasher Lever
Winter Driving
. . . . . . . . . . 57
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Wiperwasher, Rear Window . . . . . . 59
Wipermasher Lever. Windshield . . 57
Wipers
.
Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Y o u r Driving and the Road . . . . 99
251
. . .
Notes
. .
.252
253.
. .
. .
.254
255..
.
Spare Tire Pressure Fuel Cap
Service Station Information
Cooling
System
Reservoir
Check and add coolant g d y at the coolant recovery tank. The fluid should be at the
“FULL” mark when the engine is warm.
If
the engine is cool, the level should be at the “LOW” mark or a little higher.
See Page 170
Engine Oil Dipstick
See Page
162
Engine Oil Fill Cap
See Page
163 I
(I
Ill1
I l l IIII
H
n 1
See Tire-Loading Information label on the inside of the rear edge of the driver’s door.
See Page 181
See Tire-Loading Information label on the inside of the rear edge of the driver‘s door.
See Page
181
Hood
Release
See Page
159
Windshield Washer
Fluid Reservoir
See Page
174
Battery
The Delco Freedom“ battery needs no water.
See Page 176
Capacity I 1
U.S.
Gal. (42 L).
LJse unleaded gas only, 87 octane or higher.
See Page
156
r i
! CF
CERTIFIED
L
L
I
1
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
Natlonai institute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE r
ILI

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement